Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21/2030 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact



Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:































Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Putin Declares Victory Over New World Order: ‘Change Of Elites’ Coming Because Humanity Has ‘Woken Up’ + Facts And Opinions Suppressed By The Corrupt Mainstream Media & New Zealand: A Surveillance Society
June 27 2022 | From: NewsPunch / PrincipiaScientific / NZCPR / A / Various

Global elites who have been running the world in recent decades, working in concert to usher in a New World Order, have been defeated according to Russian President Vladimir Putin.



Putin used his speech at the St. Petersburg International Economic Forum (SPIEF) on Friday to warn that a “change of elites” in the West is just around the corner.

Related: Putin: Era of Unipolar World Has Ended Despite Attempts To Preserve it at Any Cost

Disastrous liberal policies undertaken by EU and US leaders are exacerbating inequalities and divisions in their societies, not just in terms of welfare but in terms of values and orientations of various groups, Putin said.


"Such a detachment from reality, from the demands of society, will inevitably lead to a surge of populism and the growth of radical movements, to serious social and economic changes, to degradation and, in the near future, to a change of elites,” the Russian leader said.



Putin Declares Victory Over New World Order: 'Humanity Has Woken Up'

Global elites who have been running the world in recent decades, working in concert to usher in a New World Order, have been defeated according to Russian President Vladimir Putin, who used his speech at the St. Petersburg International Economic Forum (SPIEF) recently to warn that a “change of elites” in the West is just around the corner.





Related Articles:


Vladimir Putin: ‘The Old World is Over’

The Old World is Over: Key takeaways from Putin's first major speech since Russia's military offensive in Ukraine

Putin: Western ‘World Order Is Finished’ Amid Russia–Ukraine Conflict

Putin announces new BRICS global reserve currency project to replace the petrodollar

BRICS working on new global reserve currency and alternative mechanism for intrtnational payments: Vladimir Putin

Meet the New Boss; Putin Reroutes Critical Hydrocarbons Eastward Leaving Europe High-and-Dry



The global elite have been exposed and are set to face the wrath of the people in the kind of reckoning not seen since the days of the guillotine in the streets of 17th century Paris. Putin says that elite blue blood is set to run in the streets all over again.

According to Putin, another revolution is just around the corner. Humanity has woken up to the elites and revenge, when it comes, will be swift and appropriate.

When the West, led by the New World Order, declared victory in the Cold War, Americans designated themselves the “messengers of God on earth,” with interests that should be considered sacred and no obligations, Putin told the audience at SPIEF.

New centers of power have since emerged, and have the right to protect their own systems, economic models and sovereignty. These:


"Truly revolutionary, tectonic changes in geopolitics, the global economy, in the technological sphere, in the entire system of international relations,” are “fundamental, pivotal and inexorable,” Putin said at the SPIEF.

“And It is a mistake to suggest that one can wait out the times of turbulent change and that things will return to normal; that everything will be as it was. It will not.”

The New World Order is gone with the wind, in other words. New centers of power have emerged, the unipolar world order isn’t coming back, and the colonial way of thinking has failed.

The people of the world have spoken and they have rejected the New World Order’s plans to turn them into cattle or “useless eaters”.

How did this great change happen? It’s quite simple, according to Putin. In all their hubris and arrogance, the West, led by the New World Order, miscalculated its response to the conflict in Ukraine.



Related: NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

When the US and its allies launched the campaign to “cancel” Russia over its activities in Ukraine, they hoped to crash and undermine the Russian economy and society.

The sanctions have instead boomeranged on their creators, aggravating social and economic problems, driving up the cost of food, electricity and fuel, and hurting the quality of life across the West, but especially in Europe and the US.


"The European Union has completely lost its political sovereignty, and its bureaucratic elites are dancing to someone else’s tune, accepting whatever they are told from above, causing harm to their own population and their own economy,” Putin said.

EU citizens will pay the price for “decisions divorced from reality and taken contrary to common sense,” he added, as direct losses from the sanctions alone could exceed $400 billion in a year.

Blaming the high energy prices and inflation in the West on Russia - “Putin’s price hike,” as the White House put it – is a “stupidity” and “designed for people who can’t read or write,” the Russian president said.

“Don’t blame us, blame yourselves,” Putin said.

Putin further argued that if there are food shortages around the world, the finger of blame will be squarely pointing at Western leaders.

The EU “blindly believing in renewable sources” and abandoning long-term natural gas contracts with Russia led to the spike in energy prices last year, according to the Russian leader.

Meanwhile, both the US and the EU addressed the Covid-19 pandemic by printing trillions of dollars and euros.




A Year Before Dr. Fauci Predicted the "Pandemic" Under Trump, "The X-Files" Foretold Its Use to Cull the Human Race, And Crush America

Mulder & Scully nailed it in 2016! The prevision is amazing.

Related: David Icke Warning From 1998 Has Come To Pass




US and EU sanctions against Russia – in particular fertilizer and grain exports – are one of the reasons for growing global food insecurity, Putin pointed out.

If there is famine in the world’s poorest countries, “this will be entirely on the conscience of the US administration and the European bureaucracy.”

Troubles with food supply have arisen over the past several years – not months – due to the “short-sighted actions of those who are accustomed to solving their problems at someone else’s expense,” distorting the trade flows by printing money in a sort of “predatory colonial policy,” Putin said.

Russia is ready to send food to Africa and the Middle East, where the threat of famine is most acute, but faces “logistical, financial, transport” obstacles imposed by the West, he said. 


Replay: Putin Dismisses 'Stupid' Western Sanctions 'Blitzkrieg'

Russian President Vladimir Putin accused the West on Friday of colonial arrogance and trying to crush his country with "stupid" sanctions that amounted to an economic "blitzkrieg."




Related Articles:

Canada Implements a Sweep of Draconian Measures

The World Economic Forum Concludes Not with a Bang, but with a Whimper. “Improving the State of the World”, Really?

Elon Musk Takes Aim at Communism, Says It’s the ‘Bad One’

‘Guns Should Not Be In The Hands Of The Mentally Unstable,’ Says Senile Man With Nukes

Kissinger Nails It. For Once

Are We the Last Generation of True Humans?

Biden Asks New Zealand’s Ardern for Advice on Extremist Gun Violence

Digital Tyranny and the QR Code. The WHO Pandemic Treaty is the Back Door to “Global Governance”

Grandfathers vs Their Woke Offspring

Key Biological Difference Between Psychopaths and Normal People

Khazarians Controlled World Money System

Economy On The Brink: Will This Be The Excuse To Push Digital Dollars?


Facts And Opinions Suppressed By The Corrupt Mainstream Media

This is a follow-up to my previous emails here, here and here to inform you of recent developments, facts and opinions which are not reported by the corrupt, paid-for mainstream media (MSM) concerning the government’s undemocratic abuse of the general public.

Your health is in danger and our freedom and wellbeing are in peril.

Related: The Jacinda Papers & Ardern’s Great Kiwi Reset + Canada Shows How The End Of COVID Is Going To Bring A Long-Overdue Reckoning For The So-Called Liberal Leaders Who Are Still Trying To Use It To Oppress Their People And Steal Their Freedoms

Please do not casually dismiss this necessarily longish work of careful research. 


World Economic Forum (WEF)

The unaccountable WEF has had a major influence on the Covid “plandemic” (ref. Reiner Fuellmich, qv), openly proclaimed in their book Covid‑19: The Great Reset.

This relatively small band of billionaires, corporate heads and camp followers held their annual meeting in Davos in late May, putting their abhorrent hypocrisy, arrogance, malevolence and lack of self-awareness on public display, as shown in the clips below.

 They are quite open about their anti-democratic, anti-human plans for world domination. 

Note the WEF back-screen carrying the pretentious masthead “World Government Summit”. The overarching scope of their agendas is frightening. 

Their evil machinations of the last two years, disgracefully enabled by treasonous politicians, public officials, the corrupt MSM and others, have caused global chaos leaving the ordinary people of the world poorer, hungrier, colder, travel-restricted, unhealthier or even prematurely dead.




Three Waters – A Totally Unnecessary Battle

The Three Waters proposal driven by Local Government Minister Nanaia Mahuta is a totally unnecessary, very divisive battle with local government and the people of New Zealand.  



Related Articles:


Don't mention the iwi

Three Waters – Many Lies

Time to Oppose Three Waters

Governing by Deceit

The shaky claims and untested ideology underpinning Three Waters

Redefining status of water

Stop 3 Waters roadshow heads north | $337k for a ribbon cutting

Peter Williams: Full Speech on Stop Three Waters

‘3 Waters’ legislation officially introduced

Major news on the fight to Stop Three Waters

Primary Water: Why We Do Not Have A Water Shortage & Rare Diamond Confirms That Earth's Mantle Holds An Ocean's Worth Of Water

We Don’t Love You Anymore Jacinda & The Three Waters Op-Ed Stuff Doesn't Want You To Read



Their outrageous Great Reset plan for ordinary people is that “by 2030 you’ll own nothing and you’ll be happy”, confined, muzzled, monitored and coerced in an undemocratic dystopian technocracy. This is unacceptable and it must be resisted. 

Here is WEF boss Klaus Schwab talking about the Great Reset which he says we need because … actually for no credible reason at all, certainly none that we, the people, have mandated.

Here he is again in his best Teutonic Bond villain accent saying “Ze future is built by us”, nicely parodied by Mark Steyn here (from 00:30)

Here is Schwab boasting about how the WEF has infiltrated governments all around the world, parodied by rogue gallery cartoons here and here (almost every Western leader) and mocked by this compilation of all the usual WEF muppets parroting the meaningless WEF mantra “Build Back Better”. 

Here is Pfizer boss Albert Bourla laughing off the abysmal failings of his Covid vaccine saying “everything (chuckles) went OK, now we can move on“, callously dismissing all the vaccine injuries and deaths. 





Pfizer CEO: By 2023 We Will Reduce the World Population by 50%



Related Articles:

Better To Get Hurt By The Truth Than Comforted With A Lie + The Pfizer Vaccine Only Has 1,291 Side Effects!

“Herd Stupidity”: The Manufactured Covid Crisis, The Gene-based mRNA “Vaccine” And “The Pinnacles Of Wealth And Power” + Information Security Expert On Revealed Pfizer Agreements: ‘There’s Good Reason Pfizer Fought To Hide The Details Of These Contracts’

CDC, FDA Faked “COVID” Testing Protocol: PCR Merely Detects The Common Cold & Former Pfizer Employee Confirms Graphene Oxide In COVID “Vaccine” + The mRNA COVID Vaccine Is Not A Vaccine

Pseudopandemic & Graphene Oxide: The Actual Contents Inside Pfizer Vials Exposed

NZ Lawyer Tells Prime Minister Her Pfizer Vaccine Claims Are Misleading And Deceptive + Massive Anti-Lockdown Protests Rage Worldwide

The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam




Here is Bourla talking about a pill with a microchip which sends a signal when swallowed, gleefully anticipating how useful it will be to enforce “compliance”. 

Here is a video sponsored by WEF puppet Christine Lagarde suggesting that the elderly who “have had a good life” should consider euthanising themselves “for the children“. 

Here is the despotic former New Zealand prime minister Helen Clark fretting thatpopular support for Covid is waning, the people are done with Covid, the problem is it’s not done with us. We are in danger of losing this moment for transformative change”. 

Here is Australia’s tyrannical eSafety Commissioner sayingwe need a re-calibration of human rights, like freedom of speech“. 

Here is US climate buffoon John Kerry who flew into Davos in his private jet lecturing everyone with unfounded assertions (i.e. lies) about his fictional “climate crisis”.

[Contrary to his feigned alarmism, global warming has been a total non-event so far this century.] 



Related: Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

Here is the Alibaba president talking about a carbon footprint tracker to monitor what you buy, what you eat, and where and how you travel. 

Finally, here is a clip showing how the WEF and the UN have signed an agreement to “accelerate” Agenda 2030, an agenda which has never been mandated by us, the people. 

Independent reporter Sophie Corcoran shows up the hypocrisy of these people here and here. She quite rightly describes the WEF and WHO as a gross attack on democracy and says that Boris Johnson is betraying the British people by getting involved with these unelected, unaccountable bodies. Her full interview segment is available here starting 44:00.

All the G7 leaders stayed away from this WEF meeting, probably because they know that the WEF is toxic to 98% of the general public.

Just staying away from the annual meeting is not enough. Instead of covertly acting as enablers to the WEF as they have done on Covid, climate change and Ukraine, Boris Johnson and all our politicians need to publicly denounce this rapacious, evil, anti-human, recklessly transhumanist organisation and sever all links to it.

It should be outlawed and indicted for conspiracy to commit crimes against humanity. 



Related: Soon, satellites will be able to watch you everywhere all the time


Partygate

Boris Johnson protests that the country needs to move on from Partygate but he must not be allowed to get away with his blatant lies and heinous crimes.

The obvious main point about Partygate which the corrupt MSM suppresses is that it showed that Johnson and his co-conspirators knew that the virus was of negligible danger to them, yet they have used it as a pretext to tyrannise the general public for the past two years. 

Their entire Covid narrative is very obviously a pack of lies. Peddling it so brazenly and taking us all for fools shows how little respect they have for the general public.

Sad to say, they are getting away with it. The following is the timeline of just a few of their easily seen through, globally-coordinated chicaneries. (An American neurosurgeon elaborates here.) 



Related: New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

As explained in this recent interview (from 25:50), in early 2020 the International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses (ICTV) insisted that the virus which was starting to circulate was not a novel virus but an individuum of the original 2003 SARS virus.

Political pressure was brought to bear, the ICTV was forced to back down and the virus was named as SARS‑CoV‑2 as if it were a novel virus. 

This lie allowed them to promulgate the second lie that the entire population was equally susceptible and immune naïve.

This in turn allowed complicit modeller Professor Neil Ferguson to concoct his fearmongering predictions of horrendous numbers of Covid cases and deaths. 

Just before the first lockdown in March 2020, they quietly downgraded Covid‑19 to the status of not being a High Consequence Infectious Disease (HCID). Why on earth would they do that when the virus was supposedly a deadly threat?

They did it because, unlike a non-HCID, an HCID carries a legal obligation to provide antiviral prophylaxis treatments using drugs such as hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin, drugs which they had pre-emptively banned precisely and shockingly because they knew they were safe and effective for treating Covid‑19



Related: Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

 This trickery allowed the experimental vaccines to be “legally” granted emergency use authorisation, based on the fiction that vaccination of the entire population was the only way to deal with the virus. 

Their next move was to throw out our long-establish respiratory disease pandemic guidelines in favour of the untried and draconian option of locking down the entire country (apart from essential workers) for two years on and off with callous disregard for all the resulting collateral damage, all on the back of the relatively mild WuFlu virus. 

Under cover of lockdown they boosted the Covid‑19 “first wave” death count by euthanising helpless old people with lethal doses of midazolam and morphine or other inappropriate treatments.

The average age of 2020 Covid‑attributed deaths was 82.4, higher than average UK life expectancy

Despite the UK “pandemic” being statistically all over by mid-June 2020 they kept up the fearmongering until the vaccines became available in December 2020.



Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal

Whether by accident or design, the rollout caused a huge spike of sudden deaths among the mainly frail and elderly first recipients which they shamelessly mis-attributed to be their fear-mongered but never-manifested Covid‑19 “second wave”.  

These and subsequent vaccine-induced deaths are being covered up by stonewalling denial and globally-coordinated refusals to perform autopsies.

As this typical analysis shows, pre-vaccine all-cause mortality in 2020, the year of the supposedly deadly pandemic, was not nearly as bad as post-vaccine 2021 and onwards, yet our lying politicians and MSM feign that the vaccines have been a great success. 

I’ve said most of this before in previous emails, e.g. here, but maybe if I repeat it often enough, people will eventually accept the horrendous reality of what has really been going on.



Related: Shining a Light in Dark Places - Ten Ways the Government Controls the Pandemic Narrative


Covid Vaccine Injuries and Deaths

Mark Steyn on GB News (8pm, Mon-Thur) continues his campaign against the scandalous establishment stonewalling on Covid vaccine injuries and deaths, tag-lined “The Big Shut Up”.

In this segment he reveals that the government ordered 650 million Covid vaccines, enough for a ridiculous 10 jabs per head of population. Demand has levelled off after about 140 million jabs, an average of about 2 jabs per head. 

He reports how Sir Christopher Chope MP has been “slapped down” for spreading alleged misinformation on the Covid vaccines.

All Sir Christopher did was to give a very cautious estimate that possibly 10,000 people in the UK have been killed or seriously injured by the vaccines, based on the UK Yellow Card system which is now running at over 2,100 deaths and almost 500,000 people having suffered one or more adverse effects.

These numbers are reckoned to be under-reported at least 10‑fold and perhaps even 40‑fold. 



Related: Why The World Should Be Very Concerned About New Zealand Under The Ardern Government & Regulatory Capture In The Age Of COVID

The slap down came from “the nation’s numbers watchdog” who claims without giving any evidence that there have been only 27 vaccine deaths to March 2022. “Total crap” says Mark.

He invited this person to come on his show to explain the numbers gap but she declined, just as health secretary Sajid Javid had been declining for weeks. The 9‑minute segment is worth watching in full. 

For having the temerity to debate this issue openly, Mark is currently under review by government propaganda enforcer Ofcom and is becoming increasingly irate in his condemnation of the “omerta code” driving The Big Shut Up.

In this segment (from 6:00) he explodes “I’m sick of Full Fact, I’m sick of Ofcom, I’m sick of the groupthink media … [because] the propaganda is untrue”. 

It probably pained the propagandists at the ONS to be forced to release the information that almost 180,000 people in England died within 60 days of taking a Covid vaccine between January 2021 and March 2022.

That number is almost 100,000 more than the 60-day average of the pre-Covid 2019 registered deaths in England (496,370/6=82,728). 



Related: After Decades Of Brainwashing, MSM & Governments Are Losing Control Of The People

This suggests that cautious Sir Christopher Chope has hugely underestimated the scale of UK Covid vaccine serious injuries and deaths (coupled with NHS lockdown failings).

A survey by analyst Steve Kirsch shows that the Covid vaccines have caused 500,000 deaths in the USA

On his “Dead Man Talking” Substack, my data analyst colleague Joel Smalley has been posting analyses of public all-cause mortality data to illustrate the adverse effects of the Covid vaccines.

These show that the higher the level of vaccinations, the higher the mortality, for example Ireland, England, Australia, South Korea, Chile and Austria

Anyone still in denial on Covid vaccine injuries and deaths should watch this moving documentary telling the sad tale of ordinary people who took the vaccines for what they believed was the public greater good.

Some of them died as a result and others suffered debilitating injuries but they all are now being cruelly neglected by the politicians who manipulated them into their dire situation.



Related: Lies, Damn Lies And Statistics


Climate Change and Net Zero

The West’s suicidal obsession with Net Zero has led to a pending domestic energy price cap of a horrendous £2800 (up from £1137 in 2019), looming power cuts, coercion to install pointless, expensive, ineffective heat pumps and to buy pointless, expensive, user-unfriendly electric vehicles.

It is patently obvious (to me at least) that “climate change” has always been a scam just as it is now obvious that Covid has been a scam.

Both scams are Malthusian in intent, aimed at reducing global economic activity and the human population

Climate analyst Ben Pile knows this and in this recent article he describes how UN climate change envoy Mark Carney and fellow WEF schemers such as the Governor of the Bank of England have set Big Money on a path to cripple the fossil fuel industry financially, despite the obvious fact that fossil fuels are essential to our wellbeing.



Related: The Real Green Glossary: FAQ & The Great “Global Warming / Climate Change” Alarm Is Part Of The WEF’s “Great Reset”

Without a radical change of path there is no hope of any quick return to normality. 

His accompanying video shows that they knew their policies would lead to disastrous energy price rises and inflation with tragic consequences across the global economy, yet it is all based on lies.

A Norwegian WEF muppet admitted at Davos that the fossil fuel industry squeeze is very damaging but absurdly claimed that “the pain will be worth it”. 

In arguing the moral case for fossil fuels, Alex Epstein explains why Net Zero will be a disaster for humanity

A professor of forecasting and innovation describes absurd, undemocratic Net Zero as a “Stalinist conspiracy”. 

In a recent GWPF paper, Andrew Montford points out that the climate change scam is entirely dependent on the same sort of unvalidated, untrustworthy, provenly-wrong computer model predictions as were used by Neil Ferguson and SAGE to oppress us during the Covid scam. 



Related: It's So Hot in Dubai That the Government is Artificially Creating Rainstorms


Where Do We Go From Here

The immediate outlook is grim. We are in uncharted waters of political corruption where almost all western governments are literally waging undeclared civil war against their own people at the behest of their WEF / UN / Big Money / Big Tech overlords, robbing us of our hard-won basic human rights and trying to impoverish us and even kill us.

The Fuellmich trial evidence shows that they launched their desperate “plandemic” because of a looming banking system collapse due to the unsustainable debt load (e.g. $30 trillion in the US) built up by their abuse of our fiat currencies.

They are trying to engineer a controlled demolition of our political and financial civilisation to be replaced by a totalitarian New World Order in which they retain their power and wealth

We need to find a way out of this unprecedented dystopia or a future of technocratic serfdom awaits us. The first imperative is to open the eyes of the sadly traumatised and brainwashed general public.  



Related: The Darkening Clouds Of Totalitarianism

There are some signs of optimism.

Because of corrupt MSM censorship, most people probably don’t even know that the undemocratic WHO recently attempted a power grab of the sovereign rights of almost 200 countries around the world, described here, supported by almost all western politicians despite public protests.

The good news is that the power grab was thrown out thanks mainly to Africa, Brazil and other developing countries, as described here and here.

This was a decisive defeat, hopefully presaging the demise of the establishment’s hoped-for “one world government”. 

A “Better Way” conference took place in Bath in late May, promoted here. Few will have heard of it as it was ignored by the corrupt MSM because it spoke out against the official Covid narrative on the theme of how to fight the establishment’s unscientific and tyrannical Covid policies.

Unfortunately the proceedings are paywalled so we will have to wait and see what comes of it. 

Reiner Fuellmich’s “model proceeding” trial of Covid‑19 crimes against humanity is still on hold while he gathers further evidence.



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

His latest is an interview of Steve Kirsch who estimates that the Covid vaccines have killed 500,000 people in the USA while saving just 25,000 lives. Well worth watching in full. Dr Fuellmich’s promotional tour of the USA is due to start soon

In a recent inspirational monologue, that unlikely hero of free speech and democracy Neil Oliver accuses the government of having broken its social contract with the people because it is no longer protecting us, it is oppressing us.

The good news is that he sees signs that more and more people are seeing through the lies and manipulations they have been being subjected to. The full 9‑minutes is well worth watching.

Amongst the gloom, here is an optimist who doesn’t worry about the WEF achieving their stated goals for 2030 because he believes they are certain to fail. Maybe, but they could still do a lot more damage in trying. 

Finally, a short clip of well-deserved abuse being heaped on the fascist Italian health minister.

Also, the CEO of a large Spanish pharma company is facing criminal charges because he faked his vaccine passport to avoid taking the vaccine, which speaks volumes about his well-informed lack of trust in the safety of the Covid vaccines.


Related Articles:

The Ukraine Narrative Collapses Along w/ COVID-19 & A 2004 HIV/SARS Virus That's "Highly Infectious"

We’re Now in the Last Stage of a Tyrannical Takeover

Switzerland’s Secretive Banking System and the WEF’s “Great Reset”: First in “You’ll Own Nothing and You’ll be Happy”?

Agenda 2030 And The WEF’s Plan To Remake The World





New Zealand: A Surveillance Society

In a world of propaganda, the truth is always a conspiracy.



Free speech used to be something we all took for granted – being able to say exactly what we thought, sharing politically incorrect jokes, watching outrageously funny and highly popular TV programmes like the Two Ronnies, Monty Python’s Flying Circus, ‘Allo ‘Allo.

Related: Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

Nor was it all British humour that captivated the nation – Billy T James was a Kiwi hero, as was Barry Crump.

All that is now gone – not because we have lost our sense of humour, but because someone somewhere said they were offended.

We now live in an increasingly dystopian world, where saying the wrong thing can get you ‘cancelled’ – fired, socially ostracised, even jailed.

Worse, under Jacinda Ardern’s regime, New Zealand is morphing into an Orwellian society, where things no longer mean what they say – ‘lies’ are being called the “truth”, and the real ‘truth’ is being re-classified as “misinformation” or “disinformation”.



Related: Not Just Surveillance: Three Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

This was on display during the Prime Minister’s recent address to Harvard University – as journalist Graham Adams explains, in an article in The Australian:


"The 8000 graduating students at Harvard who listened to the Commencement address delivered by New Zealand’s Prime Minister probably found her defense of democracy inspiring.

But few of those hearing her warning that ‘Democracy can be fragile’ would have any idea of her stealthy and persistent attempts to strangle it in her homeland."

“While she was more than happy to pose before a receptive audience in Boston as a staunch defender of democratic ideas, she is far more equivocal about the topic at home."

"Perhaps that should not be surprising as she bends to the will of her powerful Maori caucus to insert ‘co-governance’ with unelected iwi members into a broad swathe of New Zealand life - from health and education to the conservation estate and planning law".

“The concept of ‘co-governance’ – based on a radical interpretation of the Treaty of Waitangi as a contract that mandates 50:50 power-sharing between iwi and the Crown – is, at heart, a form of ethno-nationalism, and completely antithetical to true democracy.”

And that’s the problem with our Prime Minister, who says one thing when she is overseas but means another when she is back home – which is why it is so important to examine her speeches carefully.



Related: GCHQ Hired New Zealand Firm For Mass Hack Capabilities - Snowden Leak

In her address, the PM stated, “The foundation of a strong democracy includes trust in institutions, experts and government – that can be built up over decades but torn down in mere years.”

She then claimed, “We are at a precipice, and rather than ask what caused it, today I want to talk about how we address it.”

It’s not surprising that the Prime Minister doesn’t want to discuss what has caused the fracturing of public confidence and trust in the Government – the “precipice”, as she describes it – because she and her politics of division are the cause.

Until Jacinda Ardern became PM, New Zealanders were largely trusting of their Prime Ministers, secure in the knowledge that if they deviated too much from the straight and narrow, the Fourth Estate would hold them to account.

 Not so anymore. Labour’s $55 million Public Interest Journalism Fund ‘bribe’ has put paid to that. 



Related: Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic

As a result, through her own actions, Jacinda Ardern has gravely undermined trust in the Government for many New Zealanders.

To refresh our memory, two incidents stand out.

The first was her claim on 19 March 2020 that her Government is the ‘single source of truth’:


"Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern has quashed rumours that the Government is set to announce a total lockdown across the country to combat coronavirus.

She stressed for people to only trust official Government sources as misinformation only fuelled public panic.

‘I cannot go round and dismiss every rumour I see on social media, as much as I’d like to.

When you see those messages, remember that unless you hear it from us, it is not the truth’.”

 Four days later she announced the start of the world’s most stringent nation-wide month-long lockdown. 

Her lie marked the transformation of New Zealand into what at times resembled a totalitarian regime – with the PM’s Orwellian call for “kindness” used to disguise the cruelty and heartbreak that was being caused.

Not only was her lockdown against Ministry of Health advice, it was also illegal.

She hadn’t even bothered to ensure she had the legislative authority to impose the dictatorial restrictions she had announced.

Those restraints not only crushed basic human rights, but, by calling on “the team of five million” to ‘dob in’ neighbours, family, and friends flouting her draconian rules, Jacinda Ardern divided society.




Urgent Update For Our Nation of New Zealand

As of the 30th of September 2021 Our Government passed a bill that has now set precedence within this country to further destroy our Free Speech.



Witin NZ we have a ''Bill of Rights Act 1990'' which is Binding by the Crown. Yet our Government sees fit to obliterate any form of Civil Rights and Liberties before our eyes during 2019 to present day.

The following is now set within Legality, that online forms of expression and speech can be used as a form of domestic terrorism.

Counter-Terrorism Legislation Bill

The bill bellow is being introduced to amend the current ''Films, Videos, and Publications Classification Act 1993'', which will then combine the two acts together, including the powers for Police or Legislature to be able to enforce take down notices for statements or publications deemed ''Offensive''.

Films, Videos, and Publications Classification (Urgent Interim Classification of Publications and Prevention of Online Harm) Amendment Bill

Also there is a bill that would overturn ''Due Process'' by requiring motorists to hand over their ''Saliva'' to be tested for drugs, despite the '''Bill of Rights 1990'' stating the following:

Section 21 Unreasonable search and seizure: Everyone has the right to be secure against unreasonable search or seizure, whether of the person, property, or correspondence or otherwise.

Generally due process is fundamental in any free and just society, this includes a person shall be secure in all their belongings and property, where a Warrant must be cited to continue for any grounds for search and seizure.

The following bill would give Police power to obtain personal saliva without warrant or due process: See here

The following bill is being introduced to begin framework towards a Digital National passport or ID: See here

The following bill would create precedence for Hate speech laws (Offline) to be punishable. See here

The ramifications of this means that any country outside of New Zealand would then begin to only be fed news from Main stream sources, and our voices will continued to be silenced, for any reality on the ground here in New Zealand.

Much like how the CCP in China now have the situation.


Related Articles:

After the Guns Were Removed, the Killing Fields Began

Richard Prosser’s Words to New Zealand

Riding Roughshod Over Middle New Zealand - Fiona MacKenzie

The Crisis of State Overreach

The Declaration of War on Idiots in Power

The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

You can’t fool all of the people all of the time

New Zealand’s cultural upheaval

A Dark Day in New Zealand's History

Animal Farm Democracy

Here’s Why No One Wants to Talk About Sweden

Constitutional role

Rural people need to ‘Stand Up’

New Zealand’s Reputation Stained By Corruption - Case In Point: The Turitea Wind Farm

Support in our fight against the Government’s Three Waters asset grab

Mahuta imbroglio a quagmire for the Government

Changing our Country’s Name by Stealth

School uniform guidelines

The Rule of Law

Biden Asks New Zealand’s Ardern for Advice on Extremist Gun Violence

Sean Plunket speaks with former New Zealand broadcaster Peter Williams

Groundswell NZ: James Shaw Gets Fact Checked

Groundswell NZ: This Year Damien O'Connor id the April Fool

Groundswell NZ: Holding Your Council to Account on Three Waters

Forestry plans counter to NZ’s best interests

Jacinda Ardern to lead IUSY

The Desecration Of New Zealand



The PM then used the world stage to paint herself as a hero in saving lives, ignoring the human cost of locking down New Zealanders for weeks on end – denying urgent health care, preventing social interaction, and destroying businesses.

The resulting “excess” death toll was thought to be well over 1,000 – people who died as a consequence of her lockdown.

The second incident was the scandal of vaccine mandates.

On September 9th 2020, just five weeks before the General Election, Jacinda Ardern promised there would be no forced vaccinations.

She said those who chose to opt-out wouldn’t face any penalties at all:


"‘No, and we haven’t for any vaccination in New Zealand applied penalties in that way,’ Ardern told The AM Show, after being asked if there might be sanctions for refusing a Covid-19 vaccine.”

Her subsequent introduction of vaccine mandates turned that promise into a lie.

It also made a mockery of her “be kind to each other” mantra, as again, she violated human rights, created serious financial hardship, and further divided society.

When the High Court ruled in February that vaccine mandates for Police and Defence Force staff were unlawful, they also revealed that the Ministry of Health had advised the Prime Minister that mandates were unnecessary.



Related: New Zealand High Court: Vaccine Mandate Not ‘Demonstrably Justified,’ Breach Of Rights + Are We At The End Of The Pandemic?

In spite of that, Jacinda Ardern deliberately deceived the ‘team of five million’ into thinking mandates would limit the spread of Covid-19, when in fact, they had nothing to do with health, but were being used as weapons of coercion, to force compliance with her vaccine strategy.

New Zealanders were also told the unvaccinated were more likely to spread Covid than the vaccinated.

This was another distortion of the truth, with research confirming that those who are fully vaccinated can spread Covid just as readily as the unvaccinated.

Perhaps it was the fear of being caught out and exposed for the disinformation she was spreading, that caused the Prime Minister – in contrast to her approach at Ihumatao where she went out of her way to end the occupation peacefully – to not only refuse to meet Parliament’s anti-mandate protesters but to go to great lengths to malign and discredit them.



Related: The Raid: In Bungled Spying Operation, NSA, GCSB & SIS Targeted Pro-Democracy Campaigner

NZCPR Guest Commentator, Waikato University’s Professor John Gibson, has been investigating vaccine mandates, finding not only that the health advantages from the trials of the experimental Pfizer vaccine were seriously overstated to New Zealanders, but that the costs of the mandate policy far outweighed the benefits:


"Whether in hope or in ignorance, politicians and public health bureaucrats overstated the testing criteria used for the vaccines. A trusting public believe what they are told, and so expect the vaccines to be effective in protecting against SARS-CoV-2 infection and in reducing mortality risk.

Politicians who rely on focus groups and internal polling when considering things like vaccine mandates then find that a misinformed public supports these interventions.

The imposition of mandates is likely to have further added to the misunderstanding because, surely, a kind and caring government would only mandate something that is in people’s best interests because it is ‘safe and effective’.”

In fact, Jacinda Ardern has deliberately attempted to close down any critical assessment of her vaccination strategy, including by labelling criticism as conspiracy theory.



Related: Jacinda Visiting Blackrock

And conspiracy is clearly a matter of such great importance to our Prime Minister, that she raised it in her Harvard speech:

“When facts are turned into fiction, and fiction turned into fact, you stop debating ideas and you start debating conspiracy.”


This then led her into a discussion of the “scourge of disinformation”.

It turns out that Jacinda Ardern has numerous taxpayer-funded government agencies investigating conspiracy and disinformation.

These include the Ministry of Health’s Disinformation Assessment and Response Team (DART), the national Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT NZ), the New Zealand Police, the Department of Internal Affairs, and the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet (DPMC), which operates the National Security Group, the National Centre for Preventing and Countering Violent Extremism, the COVID-19 Group, COVID-19 Modelling Aotearoa (run by Professor Shaun Hendy with Associate Professor Siouxsie Wiles) – and an associated agency, The Disinformation Project.

The Disinformation Project, which is headed by a principal investigator at Auckland University’s Te Punaha Matatini, Kate Hannah, defines ‘misinformation’ as “false information that was not created with the intent to harm people”, while ‘disinformation’ is defined as “false information that was created with the intent to harm a person, community, or organisation”.



Related: Tyranny And Free Speech

A key part of their work is monitoring “information disorders”, which apparently occur whenever anyone shares so-called ‘misinformation’ or ‘disinformation’.

This ‘disorder’ is considered so serious that it is identified not only as a threat to social cohesion, but also to “the country’s democratic fabric and electoral integrity”.

It seems the Department of Internal Affairs is well advanced in preparing for sweeping regulatory changes to increase protection against the sharing of such “harmful” content across all communication channels including previously unregulated websites, social media, print media, as well as radio and TV.

They define ‘harmful’ content at three levels. The first is content that can cause harm to individuals, the second is content that can cause harm to communities and identity groups, and the third is ‘content that can cause harm to wider society’ – “this might look like individuals or communities losing trust in, or access to, key public institutions such as the legal, health and education systems, freedoms of identity and expression, and democratic participation.”

Harm is, of course, highly subjective and, in practice, can be attached to virtually anything, which is why “losing trust” sounds suspiciously like anything opposing Government policy!



Related: If The Prime Minister Doesn't Understand Her 'Hate Speech' Law, How Are Kiwis Supposed To? + The New Zealand Constitution And Political Duplicity - Shush Be Quiet!

Does this signal the impending wholesale regulation of free speech platforms in New Zealand – under the pretence that they could be causing harm to society?

Is this the beginning of a new age of authoritarianism – an attack on anyone who challenges Labour’s dogma through any forum, including protest action?

Without a doubt, as a result of Jacinda Ardern’s authorisation, New Zealanders are under surveillance as never before.

Just this week, Herald Business Journalist Kate MacNamara confirmed this state of affairs in an article investigating social media surveillance:


"Controversial social media surveillance commissioned by the Government analysed New Zealanders’ private messages to government sites without their knowledge, and contrary to the officials’ descriptions of the work.

Private company Resolution provided the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet with some 231 ‘social listening’ reports over a period of two years, at a cost of more than a quarter of a million dollars.”

In some cases, Kate explains, the reports “contained both excerpts of individuals’ comments from social media as well as the commenters’ profile pictures.”

While such surveillance has been described as “shocking” and “unethical”, is it, in fact, a glimpse of our future?



Related: Slivers of Illumination: The Rise of Dictatorships & the Evolution of Consciousness

The reality for New Zealand is that through ignoring ‘official advice’ and making her disastrous “Captain’s Calls”, Jacinda Ardern is creating an Orwellian society where the ‘single source of truth’ has become the source of ‘untruth’, and a ‘Disinformation’ agency is likely to become a source of ‘misinformation’.

 As if that’s not bad enough, she then has the gall to prance on the world stage presenting an illusory façade of virtue. 

Fortunately, more and more former Labour Party voters are waking up to the damage to the country that’s being caused by Prime Sinister Ardern.

From replacing democracy with the toxic Maori supremacy agenda for ‘co-governance’, to undermining free expression by turning New Zealand into a surveillance society, the real question is how much more carnage will she be allowed to create before the 2023 general election?


Related Articles:

A Framework for ESG Initiatives and Social & Climate Credit System

Psychopathic Politicians: Role Models of a “Slave Society”

Big Tech Unleashes a Sophisticated New Weapon in Their War on Online Anonymity

The 2020 U.S Elections: Zuckerberg, Rockefeller, Google and the Privatization of Election Integrity

The War in Ukraine Marks the End of the American Century. “What’s Left is a Steaming Pile of Dollar Denominated Debt”

Australia Gun "Confiscation" Didn't End Mass Shootings or Lower Gun Homicides

The Links Between Jeffrey Epstein and Bill Gates Explained

The Death of the Ministry of Truth - What Will They Do Next?

“I Escaped China During CCPs Falun Gong Crackdown After Being Imprisoned & Tortured”

Disinformation Governance Board: just more state propaganda

A New Dark Stage In Our Constitutional History

As Above So Below: What Can Other Or Higher ‘Dimensions’ Really Mean?

Trudeau's Gov't Spent $39 Million To Censor FOIA Documents

Jacinda's Christmas Wish!

Educators say publishers' books anti-Maori, hateful and untrue

Competent management won't be enough to save New Zealand

Nazis burnt books

Gangs and Guns

The Matauranga Maori - Science Debate

Jacinda advises on the fragility of democracy

Three Waters Update – December 2021

A Tapestry of Lies

Merry Christmas and Happy New Year!

Jacinda Ardern and Clarke Gayford wedding: Billionaire's homestead venue, Lorde to sing

Let’s Go to the Movies: Week of Jan. 17, 2022: New Zealand – Skeletons in the Cupboard

Nothing to Fear

Green Party push to return private land under Tiriti settlements

Not the guns, it’s the users

No Secret or Covert Agenda Needed Anymore

The Top 10 Creepiest and Most Dystopian Things Pushed by the World Economic Forum (WEF)

‘Clear Evidence of Collusion’ Between Huawei, CCP, Says UK Report

The Police Are Requesting Data from People’s Smart Speakers at an Alarming Rate

The New Trailer For "Overpoliced"

The Mysterious Food Processing Plant Fires & Livestock Deaths Conspiracy

Depopulation by Intentional Mass Starvation

The controlled demolition of Food and Energy infrastructure is now under way… prepare or get crushed

Arbitrary Government: How the Founders Defined Tyranny

How the ‘Terrorist’ Label Expanded to Include Everyday Americans - Former Undercover FBI Agent

The Large Families That Rule The World

"As soon as you turn it on, is not yours anymore"

All Spying All the Time: The Insatiable Appetite of the US Government to Spy on Everyone in America

Police setting up facial recognition system worth millions

Your Phone – The Ultimate Bugging Device

‘Nothing nefarious at all’: Backlash as ex-NSA chief, involved in mass surveillance revealed by Snowden, joins Amazon board

Robocop Is Here – New Police Helmet Scans For COVID-19 and Uses Facial Recognition

A New Technology Will Dangerously Expand Government Spying on Citizens

China Engaged in ‘Mass Surveillance’ on Americans’ Mobile Phones, Report Finds

Britain’s Orwellian Police Urge Britains to Rat One Another Out for undefined “Extremist Views.”

US Turns Tide on Huawei, Ending CCP’s 5G Master Plan

Powerful Mobile Phone Surveillance Tool Operates in Obscurity Across the Country

How silent signals from your phone could be recording and tracking you

Police Engages Experts To Better Understand Facial Recognition Technology

European Court Of Human Rights Rules Mass Spying Was Illegal; Snowden Vindicated

Google, Not GCHQ, Is The Truly Chilling Spy Network & Top 10 Disturbing Facts About Facebook

That Old Story: Spying On Friends

‘Location Off Should Mean Location Off’: Google Lawsuit Over Data Collection

NSA Agrees to Release Records on FBI’s Improper Spying on 16,000 Americans

NSA Whistleblower Reveals To Tucker Carlson That Biden Admin Spying On His Communications

FBI Asks Americans To Spy On Own Families And Friends To Prevent ‘Extremism’

World Economic Forum Announces Facial Recognition Technology Initiative

CDC Director: Vaccine Passports ‘May Very Well Be a Path Forward’ in US

Biden’s WAR on America: Target the nation’s “human infrastructure” with mandatory, deadly gene therapy injections to mass murder all those who keep the country running

Apple to scan photos on all US iPhones for ‘child abuse imagery’ as researchers warn of impending ‘1984’ – reports

“Face Biometrics” to Streamline Airline Passengers

LAPD Used Fake Social Media Accounts to Spy on Users: Documents

You’d Better Watch Out: The Surveillance State Has a Naughty List, and You’re On It

Dr. Aaron Kheriaty on the Rise of the Biomedical Security State: The Merger of Public Health, Surveillance Tech, and Policing Powers

How Margaret Thatcher’s secret Brahms phone was invented

"Greatest Danger To National Security" - Ed Snowden Exposes The 'Insecurity' Industry

Facebook Wants To Know If You've Been Exposed to Extremism


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ukraine Biolabs, Blood, Sand, Betrayal & U.S. Congress Admitted Nazi Role In Ukraine In 2015
June 26 2022 | From: GeorgeWebb / GlobalResearch / Kanekoa / Various

Blood, Sand, Betrayal - Part Two: Six Years Of Work Summarised.



With the Pentagon’s recent admission of 46 biolabs in Ukraine, I wish my deployment of information about Ukrainian biolabs over the last two years could have been deployed with the precision of a 101st Airborne parachute drop.

Related: Blood, Sand, and Betrayal - Part One

While in Normandy during a D-Day re-enactment this year, I saw paratroopers jumping from a C-47 plane over St. Mere Eglise, France, releasing parachutes in perfect syncopation. I was impressed with the precision of the paratroopers given the high winds and rain that day.

As the paratroopers gently floated down to perfect landings in the field below, I wistfully imagined how each of my 99-page booklets that I have written over the last two years on Ukrainian biolabs could have been dropped with such beautiful periodicity and precision.



Forty Democrats Labeled Ukraine's Azov Battalion a Terrorist Organization in 2019

They compared them to ISIS and
blamed them for the Christchurch shooter then they sent them $31 billion in weapons.

On October 16, 2019, the top Democrat on the House Homeland Security Committee’s counterterrorism subpanel, Rep. Max Rose (NY), led a letter signed by forty Democrats asking the State Department why they had not placed Ukraine’s Azov Battalion on the U.S. list of “foreign terrorist organizations” (FTOs).

In the letter, the lawmakers compared the Azov Battalion to the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS), and discussed how, Brenton Tarrant, the Christchurch, New Zealand mosque shooter, who massacred fifty-one people in 2019, had been radicalized by the “ultranationalist militia organization” which “openly welcomes neo-Nazis into its ranks”.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related:
NZ entering Ukraine conflict 'at whim of govt' - former Labour politician, secretary





If only I could have matched that precision in the release of some 40-odd booklets on the Ukrainian biolabs for the Resistance against the current funding of the Neo-Nazi elements in Ukraine!

What if I could have dropped my critical information with such precision? Well, I decided there is nothing stopping me from summarizing it now in such a way, so here it is.


Related: George W. Bush: “The decision of one man [Putin] to launch a wholly unjustified and brutal invasion of Iraq. I mean of Ukraine.”

I decided to use the map of the Normandy invasion as sort of a chronological backdrop to provide readers with an easy visual summary.

In 2016 and 2017, I had an inside insight into who was configuring US State Department Blackberrys for dark weapons in Ukraine. This insight was confirmed by two key whistleblowers, resulting in a book called “Blackberrys Matter”.

I corresponded with my “Blackberrys Matter” book which sumarized key findings in 2017 here with the 101st Airborne landing in St. Mere Eglise, commanded by General Maxwell Taylor. A grandson of Maxwell Taylor may very well have been one of my US State Department Blackberry whistleblowers, so Utah Beach made a good placeholder for my research InfoGraphic.

In 2017 and 2018, I got a great deal of help in figuring out exactly what the US State Department Blackberrys were being used for in Ukraine - bioagent research, development, and testing program for the US Army, headquartered at Ft. Belvoir, Virginia.

My ex-cop research partner who had numerous contacts with the Special Forces veterans of the JSOC Command had informed my research partner I nicknamed Task Force about extensive “bio-tagging” used in an operation called Operation Blackjack in Afghanistan.



Related:
Russia-Ukraine War: George Bush’s Admission of His Crimes in Iraq Was No ‘Gaffe’

Task Force feared this same “bio-tagging” would be implemented by the Dept of Homeland Security in the United States. Task Force is represented with Omaha Beach of the D-Day Landing, as she died later that year in 2018.

Task Force’s predictions of “bio-tagging” the US population for biosurveillance tracking through a program called MAVNI would be captured in my two books “Awan Minutes To Midnight” and “Under Lockdown”.

Since the UK’s Porton Down bioagent facility was actively involved in this program, I have given the book “Under Lockdown” the same middle position as the British Gold Beach landing in the infographic.

By late 2019, we were already predicting a lockdown with some sort of new, novel virus, to be delivered from Ukraine’s Neo-Nazi Azov Batallion in China for spread across the globe.

These initial speculations were later confirmed in a March 2020 gathering of citizen journalists near Washington, DC. This research about Ukrainian Billionaire Igor Kolomoisky’s Azov Batallion potentially super spreading the new, novel virus is depicted in my book, “Somewhere Under the Rainbow”.



Related: US Department of Defense Finally Comes Clean – Admits in Public Document that There Are 46 US Military-Funded Biolabs in Ukraine

Since our Washington, DC group depicted the Canadian Winnipeg BSL-4 flying pathogens back and forth to Wuhan’s Virology Lab, we give my book about this Ukraine Azov Batallion super spreading Corona to the Canadian Beach of Juno Beach.

I realize now that I have summarized just five books now in this substack, and I am at the byte limit for an email. I will just add the key character of Sina Bavari, a central figure to the Fort Detrick Lab leak, and the 9/11 Anthrax scare in 2001.

And I will add Ron Fouchier of the Erasmus Lab in Holland for my book, “Spray It In Dutch” for the NATO Lab that developed SARS, MERS, and SARS-COV-2 (COVID-19) with Gain of Function experiments intended to aerosolize the virus.

Our fathers beat Nazism. We can do this again.


Related Articles:

Russia Names EU Countries Linked to Ukrainian Biolabs

Ruble Named World’s Best-Performing Currency

Global Grain Reserves "Extremely Low," Will Be Depleted For Years, Warns Top Fertilizer Boss

Do You Still Stand With Ukraine?!

How Important Is Ukraine for People Around the World?

FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes



U.S. Congress Admitted Nazi Role In Ukraine In 2015

Rather than fully inform its readers about a crisis that has the potential of becoming a nuclear showdown between the United States and Russia, the [NY] Times has chosen to simply be a fount of State Department propaganda, often terming any reference to Kiev’s Nazi storm troopers to be “Russian propaganda.”



Now, however, a unanimous U.S. House of Representatives - of all things - has acknowledged the unpleasant truth.” - Robert Parry, June 2015.

Related: Why Victoria Nuland Is the Forrest Gump of US Foreign Policy | Truth Over News

Last February [2014], when ethnic Russian rebels were closing in on the Ukrainian port of Mariupol, the New York Times rhapsodically described the heroes defending the city and indeed Western civilization – the courageous Azov battalion facing down barbarians at the gate. What the Times didn’t tell its readers was that these “heroes” were Nazis, some of them even wearing Swastikas and SS symbols.

The long Times article by Rick Lyman fit with the sorry performance of America’s “paper of record” as it has descended into outright propaganda – hiding the dark side of the post-coup regime in Kiev.

But what makes Lyman’s sadly typical story noteworthy today is that the Republican-controlled U.S. House of Representatives has just voted unanimously to bar U.S. assistance going to the Azov battalion because of its Nazi ties.

When even the hawkish House of Representatives can’t stomach these Nazi storm troopers who have served as Kiev’s tip of the spear against the ethnic Russian population of eastern Ukraine, what does that say about the honesty and integrity of the New York Times when it finds these same Nazis so admirable?




Hunter Biden Invested / Raised Millions for Ukrainian Bio-Lab and Secured U.S. Military Contracts

Emails from Hunter Biden's laptop confirm that he not only invested $500,000 into a bio-lab company based in Ukraine, but raised nearly $30 million dollars for that lab and secured U.S. Department of Defense contracts while his father was Vice President of the United States.





Related:
Censorship Of The Biden Story & Blockbuster Report Reveals How Biden Family Was Compromised By China




And it wasn’t like the Times didn’t have space to mention the Nazi taint. The article provided much color and detail – quoting an Azov leader prominently – but just couldn’t find room to mention the inconvenient truth about how these Nazis had played a key role in the ongoing civil war on the U.S. side. The Times simply referred to Azov as a “volunteer unit.”

Yet, on June 10, the U.S. House of Representatives approved a bipartisan amendment to the Defense Appropriations Act – from Reps. John Conyers Jr., D-Michigan, and Ted Yoho, R-Florida – that would block U.S. training of the Azov battalion and would prevent transfer of shoulder-fired anti-aircraft missiles to fighters in Iraq and Ukraine.

“I am grateful that the House of Representatives unanimously passed my amendments last night to ensure that our military does not train members of the repulsive neo-Nazi Azov Battalion, along with my measures to keep the dangerous and easily trafficked MANPADs out of these unstable regions,” said Conyers on Thursday.

He described Ukraine’s Azov Battalion as a 1,000-man volunteer militia of the Ukrainian National Guard that Foreign Policy Magazine has characterized as “openly neo-Nazi” and “fascist.” 

And Azov is not some obscure force. Ukraine’s Interior Minister Arsen Avakov, who oversees Ukraine’s armed militias, announced that Azov troops would be among the first units to be trained by the 300 U.S. military advisers who have been dispatched to Ukraine in a training mission codenamed “Fearless Guardian.”



Related: Russian Military Recently Dropped a New Finalized Report on the Entire US Biological Weapons Scheme…


White Supremacy

A Bloomberg News article by Leonid Bershidsky noted that “it’s easy to see why” Conyers “would have a problem with the military unit commanded by Ukrainian legislator Andriy Biletsky: Conyers is a founding member of the Congressional Black Caucus, Biletsky is a white supremacist. …

Biletsky had run Patriot of Ukraine [the precursor of the Azov battalion] since 2005. In a 2010 interview he described the organization as nationalist ‘storm troops’ … The group’s ideology was ‘social nationalism’ - a term Biletsky, a historian, knew would deceive no one. 


"In 2007, Biletsky railed against a government decision to introduce fines for racist remarks: ‘So why the “Negro-love” on a legislative level?

They want to break everyone who has risen to defend themselves, their family, their right to be masters of their own land!

They want to destroy the Nation’s biological resistance to everything alien and do to us what happened to Old Europe, where the immigrant hordes are a nightmare for the French, Germans and Belgians, where cities are “blackening” fast and crime and the drug trade are invading even the remotest corners.’”

The Bloomberg article continued, “Biletsky landed in prison in 2011, after his organization took part in a series of shootouts and fights."

Following Ukraine’s so-called revolution of dignity last year, he was freed as a political prisoner; right-wing organizations, with their paramilitary training, played an important part in the violent phase of the uprising against former President Viktor Yanukovych.




Is $33 Billion in U.S. Funding to Ukraine Going To Nazi's?

An additional $33 Billion dollars for Ukraine, for weapons and armored vehicles. It's time someone tells the truth about where this money is really going, to some of the worst people in the world,in this case, actual Nazis.





Related:
The 16 Biggest Lies the U.S. Government Tells America About the Ukraine War





The new authorities - which included the ultra-nationalist party Svoboda - wanted to show their gratitude.


"The war in the east gave Biletsky’s storm troopers a chance at a higher status than they could ever have hoped to achieve.

They fought fiercely, and last fall, the 400-strong Azov Battalion became part of the National Guard, receiving permission to expand to 2,000 fighters and gaining access to heavy weaponry.

So what if some of its members had Nazi symbols tattooed on their bodies and the unit’s banner bore the Wolfsangel, used widely by the Nazis during World War II?



“In an interview with Ukraine’s Focus magazine last September, Avakov, responsible for the National Guard, was protective of his heroes. He said of the Wolfsangel:

‘In many European cities it is part of the city emblem. Yes, most of the guys who assembled in Azov have a particular worldview. But who told you you could judge them?

Don’t forget what the Azov Battalion did for the country. Remember the liberation of Mariupol, the fighting at Ilovaysk, the latest attacks near the Sea of Azov. May God allow anyone who criticizes them to do 10 percent of what they’ve done.

And anyone who’s  going to tell me that these guys preach Nazi views, wear the swastika and so on, are bare-faced liars and fools.’




Whoops

Though the House vote on June 10 may have shined a spotlight into this dark corner of the U.S.-embraced Kiev regime, the reality has been well-known for many months – though played down in most of the Western news media, often dismissed as “Russian propaganda.”


Even the Times has included at least one brief reference to this reality, though buried deep inside an article. On Aug. 10, 2014, a Times’ article mentioned the Nazi taint of the Azov battalion in the last three paragraphs of a lengthy story on another topic.

“The fighting for Donetsk has taken on a lethal pattern: The regular army bombards separatist positions from afar, followed by chaotic, violent assaults by some of the half-dozen or so paramilitary groups surrounding Donetsk who are willing to plunge into urban combat,” the Times reported.



Related: US Aid to Ukraine Looks ‘Like Money Laundering Scheme’ – Congresswoman

“Officials in Kiev say the militias and the army coordinate their actions, but the militias, which count about 7,000 fighters, are angry and, at times, uncontrollable. One known as Azov, which took over the village of Marinka, flies a neo-Nazi symbol resembling a Swastika as its flag.” [See Consortiumnews.com’s “NYT Discovers Ukraine’s Neo-Nazis at War.”]


A Shiver Down the Spine

The conservative London Telegraph offered more details about the Azov battalion in an article by correspondent Tom Parfitt, who wrote: “Kiev’s use of volunteer paramilitaries to stamp out the Russian-backed Donetsk and Luhansk ‘people’s republics’"… should send a shiver down Europe’s spine.


"Recently formed battalions such as Donbas, Dnipro and Azov, with several thousand men under their command, are officially under the control of the interior ministry but their financing is murky, their training inadequate and their ideology often alarming.

The Azov men use the neo-Nazi Wolfsangel (Wolf’s Hook) symbol on their banner and members of the battalion are openly white supremacists, or anti-Semites.”

Based on interviews with militia members, the Telegraph reported that some of the fighters doubted the reality of the Holocaust, expressed admiration for Adolf Hitler and acknowledged that they are indeed Nazis.

Biletsky, the Azov commander, “is also head of an extremist Ukrainian group called the Social National Assembly,” according to the Telegraph article which quoted a commentary by Biletsky as declaring: “The historic mission of our nation in this critical moment is to lead the White Races of the world in a final crusade for their survival. A crusade against the Semite-led Untermenschen.”

In other words, for the first time since World War II, a government had dispatched Nazi storm troopers to attack a European population – and officials in Kiev knew what they were doing.

The Telegraph questioned Ukrainian authorities in Kiev who acknowledged that they were aware of the extremist ideologies of some militias but insisted that the higher priority was having troops who were strongly motivated to fight. [See Consortiumnews.com’s “Ignoring Ukraine’s Neo-Nazi Storm Troopers.”]



Related: A Nazi In The (Pocket) Is Worth Four In The Bush (Family)

But a rebel counteroffensive led by ethnic Russians last August reversed many of Kiev’s gains and drove the Azov and other government forces back to the port city of Mariupol, where Foreign Policy’s reporter Alec Luhn also encountered the Nazis. He wrote:

“Blue and yellow Ukrainian flags fly over Mariupol’s burned-out city administration building and at military checkpoints around the city, but at a sport school near a huge metallurgical plant, another symbol is just as prominent: the wolfsangel (‘wolf trap’) symbol that was widely used in the Third Reich and has been adopted by neo-Nazi groups."

“Pro-Russian forces have said they are fighting against Ukrainian nationalists and ‘fascists’ in the conflict, and in the case of Azov and other battalions, these claims are essentially true.”


SS Helmets

More evidence continued to emerge about the presence of Nazis in the ranks of Ukrainian government fighters. Germans were shocked to see video of Azov militia soldiers decorating their gear with the Swastika and the “SS rune.”

NBC News reported: “Germans were confronted with images of their country’s dark past … when German public broadcaster ZDF showed video of Ukrainian soldiers with Nazi symbols on their helmets in its evening newscast."





Nazi symbols on helmets worn by members of Ukraine’s Azov battalion. (As filmed by a Norwegian film crew and shown on German TV)


Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War [Ukraine]

“The video was shot … in Ukraine by a camera team from Norwegian broadcaster TV2. We were filming a report about Ukraine’s AZOV battalion in the eastern city of Urzuf, when we came across these soldiers," Oysten Bogen, a correspondent for the private television station, told NBC News.

“Minutes before the images were taped, Bogen said he had asked a spokesperson whether the battalion had fascist tendencies. ‘The reply was: absolutely not, we are just Ukrainian nationalists,’ Bogen said.”

Despite the newsworthiness of a U.S.-backed government dispatching Nazi storm troopers to attack Ukrainian cities, the major U.S. news outlets have gone to extraordinary lengths to excuse this behavior, with the Washington Post publishing a rationalization that Azov’s use of the Swastika was merely “romantic.”

This curious description of the symbol most associated with the depravity of the Holocaust and the devastation of World War II can be found in the last three paragraphs of a Post lead story published in September 2014.

Post correspondent Anthony Faiola portrayed the Azov fighters as “battle-scarred patriots” nobly resisting “Russian aggression” and willing to resort to “guerrilla war” if necessary.

The article found nothing objectionable about Azov’s plans for “sabotage, targeted assassinations and other insurgent tactics” against Russians, although such actions in other contexts are regarded as terrorism. The extremists even extended their threats to the government of Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko if he agrees to a peace deal with the ethnic Russian east that is not to the militia’s liking.



Related: Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry

“If Kiev reaches a deal with rebels that they don’t support, paramilitary fighters say they could potentially strike pro-Russian targets on their own - or even turn on the government itself,” the article stated.

The Post article - like almost all of its coverage of Ukraine - was laudatory about the Kiev forces fighting ethnic Russians in the east, but the newspaper did have to do some quick thinking to explain a photograph of a Swastika gracing an Azov brigade barracks.

So, in the last three paragraphs of the story, Faiola reported: “One platoon leader, who called himself Kirt, conceded that the group’s far right views had attracted about two dozen foreign fighters from around Europe."

“In one room, a recruit had emblazoned a swastika above his bed. But Kirt … dismissed questions of ideology, saying that the volunteers - many of them still teenagers - embrace symbols and espouse extremist notions as part of some kind of ‘romantic’ idea.”



Related: ‘Fact Checkers’ Furious After Henry Kissinger Says Ukraine Should Cede Territory for Peace with Russia

Despite these well-documented facts, the New York Times excised this reality from its article about the Azov battalion’s defense of Mariupol last February.

But isn’t the role of Nazis newsworthy? In other contexts, the Times is quick to note and condemn any sign of a Nazi resurgence in Europe.


However, in Ukraine, where neo-Nazis, such as Andriy Parubiy served as the coup regime’s first national security chief and Nazi militias are at the center of regime’s military operations, the Times goes silent on the subject.

Rather than fully inform its readers about a crisis that has the potential of becoming a nuclear showdown between the United States and Russia, the Times has chosen to simply be a fount of State Department propaganda, often terming any reference to Kiev’s Nazi storm troopers to be “Russian propaganda.”

Now, however, a unanimous U.S. House of Representatives - of all things - has acknowledged the unpleasant truth.


Related Articles:

Lavrov slaps down BBC Presstitute

Victoria Nuland: Ukraine Has “Biological Research Facilities,” Worried Russia May Seize Them & Tucker Carlson On Secret US Biolabs In Ukraine - Why Are We Funding This?

The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil

“Collective Narcissism” And The “Dark Triad”: Those Who Protest Against The “Official” Covid-19 Narrative Are Categorized As “Psychopaths”: Is It A Witch Hunt? + Is The World Adopting The Ways Of Nazi Germany?


Victor Davis Hanson on Russia-Ukraine: Cutting Through the Information War

Hunter Biden Emails Show Ties to Ukraine Biolabs; Trump Sues Clinton and Steele

Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union

NY Post Editor On Hunter Biden Scandal Report: ‘Judge It For Yourself’ + Giuliani Details Steps Taken To Authenticate Hunter Biden Material



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill
June 25 2022 | From: WakingTimes / Various

“Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.” – The Georgia Guidestones


The full-spectrum global attack on human health is quite obvious to see for anyone who is paying attention and in search of wellness.

Related: Mysterious Georgia Guidestones Get Strange 2014 Update

So many of the factors that are negatively influencing public heath could easily be prevented or removed from society, yet the decisions of the ruling class continue to ensure that our food supply is toxic, that our environment is compromised, and that our exposure to chemicals and industrial waste is total. Why?

With the stroke of a pen carcinogenic poisons like Monsanto’s Roundup could be banned. Industrial disasters like Fukushima or the Deepwater Horizon could easily get the attention they deserve from world powers, but the will to intervene on behalf of human and environmental health is zero, while the will to intervene militarily in corporate and political affairs is guaranteed.




Related: Bill Gates And George Soros Fund Monsanto And A World Depopulation Agenda

People are suffering more than ever from a host of chronic conditions and illnesses that can wreck even the healthiest and strongest of us. To be sick is the new normal, and to be healthy is outstanding and unusual.

Concerned citizens are battling grass roots struggles on all fronts, yet, at the top levels of society the corruption, gross negligence, and seeming incompetence continue unabated, ensuring that important decisions always favor the health of corporations and special interests.

With such obvious disregard for life, it would be naive to presume that our national and global leadership have our best interests at heart, and also to assume that any of this could be accidental.

And when we look at comments and statements from some of the world’s most influential people, a dark philosophy is uncovered, and a shocking agenda to depopulate planet earth is revealed. See for yourself:


"The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.


– Bill Gates


“Frankly I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.” – U.S. Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg

“In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day.”

– Jacques Coustea

“If I were reincarnated I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.

– Prince Phillip, the Duke of Edinburgh

“My three main goals would be to reduce human population to about 100 million worldwide, destroy the industrial infrastructure and see wilderness, with it’s full complement of species, returning throughout the world.”

– Dave Foreman, Earth First Co-Founder

“This planet might be able to support perhaps as many as half a billion people who could live a sustainable life in relative comfort. Human populations must be greatly diminished, and as quickly as possible to limit further environmental damage.”

– Professor of Biology at the University of Texas at Austin Eric R. Pianka

Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.

– The first of the “new 10 commandments” on the Georgia Guidestones

Make what you will out of these statements, but the fact remains that globally, human health and the environment are in critical condition and there is no sign of relief in sight.

Couple this with the fact that many of the world’s elite do publicly fantasize of culling the human population, and the realization is harsh: we are targets.

Our world simply does not have to be poisoned with chemtrails, radiation leaks, GMO’s, electro-magnetic pollution, frack wells, fluoride, mercury, vaccine adjuvants, depleted uranium, oil spills, antibiotics, endocrine disrupting chemicals, toxic food additives, agro-chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and so much more. 



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

The aggregated, generations long effect of such total contamination is the explosion of a host of bizarre and life-altering illnesses and ‘conditions,’ that chronically sap our energy and vitality, slowly debilitating us, separating us from our power and putting us into the doctor’s office.

The following 11 common symptoms are signs that the global depopulation slow kill is in play and is effective, and that within a couple of generations the human race will no nothing of health, wellness and vitality.


1. Gut and Digestive Issues

The primary attack on the body’s immune system takes place in the digestive system where the body’s natural bacterial defenses live.



Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

Chronic poor digestion, leaky gut syndrome, gastritis, colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, candida overgrowth, food sensitivities and other serious issues are become increasingly common, resulting from the consumption of denatured foods laden with chemicals and sugars, GMO poisoning and so on.

Roundup herbicide is known to kill healthy bacteria in the body after being ingested in only residual amounts. Antibiotic overuse and contamination in the water supply means that building a health but biome is nearly impossible.


2. Chronic Fatigue and Low Energy

The body’s natural store of energy is the first thing to become depleted when the body and mind are over-exposed to pollution and stress.

The persistent exposure to toxic foods, poisoned spaces, electromagnetic radiation, psychological attacks, continually forces the body and psyche to be in a state of crisis.

The regular amount of energy needed to perform the ordinary rigors of life is not available, and as a result we become chronically tired, low-energy, lethargic and generally slowed down. 

Even when we balance diet, exercise and meditation, maintaining personal energy is difficult, so many people are having to constantly dose themselves with caffeine and so-called energy drinks just to accomplish an ordinary day.



Related: Energy Depletion In A Human Being


3. Dietary Diseases Like Obesity And Diabetes

Dietary illnesses such as the sweeping obesity and diabetes epidemics are a sign that the soft kill is greatly impacting public health.

Public relations and social engineering have changed the public’s understanding of what food actually is, and as our consumption of crap corporate foods increases, so do our wastelines and our chances for getting getting chronic disease like diabetes. 



Related: GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception

Of course, both of these conditions are entirely curable with a proper diet, but in a country where raw milk is illegal, the truth about food and health is rarely spoken in the mainstream.

The maintenance of chronic illness is very profitable for the medical establishment, and obesity is a gateway to many chronic and life-threatening illnesses.


4. Disorientation and Brain Fog

Many people these days suffer from spells of disorientation and fogginess of the mind, without any clear cause or reason as to the mind should be functioning so poorly.

Brain fog is a difficult to identify chronic condition where a person feels disconnected, confused and distant, almost an illness of consciousness.



Related: Chlorinated Showers & Baths Kill Gut Flora

A spell can last for a day, or it can last for years, often persisting until a person finally isolates the primary cause.

Candida overgrowth, a condition where negative bacteria is being over-produced within the body, is the result of poor diet and a compromised gut biome, and is thought to cause disorientation and brain fog.


5. Chronic Inflammation

Chronic inflammation is part of a biological response to harmful stimuli and is increasingly being recognized as a serious silent killer because of the health problems it trigger.

The purpose of inflammation is to rid the body of any causes of damage or injury and to initiate repair. It is a defense mechanism that being constantly activated primarily consuming by inflammatory foods. 



Related: An Invisible Form Of Oppression: Our Food System

Modern wheat
is an example of a food that has been so genetically altered that it now no longer provides nutrition, but rather instead irritates the tissues of the body, causing chronic inflammation, leading to bigger health problems.


6. Allergies

People suffer more seriously from seasonal and random allergy attacks than ever before, and some attacks can be severe enough to temporarily disable a person.

Everyone is watching pollen counts on the nightly news, but allergies simply weren’t this serious a generation ago.



Related: Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

Something has changed in the body and in the environment, and with the omnipresence of chemtrails and geo-engineering projects in the sky, suspicion that the respiratory system is being attacked is warranted.


7. Autism

Autism in children is rising frighteningly and without a precise indication of exactly what is causing it, we should be dramatically erring on the side of caution.

 It could be environmental, it could be vaccines, GMO’s, or household chemicals, but something is taking our children. Will autism rates have to get to one-in-two before a Manhattan Project like effort is initiated to end this?



Related: Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism


8. Cancer

It is predicted that soon at least 1 in 3 adults will have some form of cancer, which, as we know, has become a booming industry.



Related: How Baking Soda Became A Cancer Treatment + Oncologists Don’t Like Baking Soda Cancer Treatment Because It’s Too Effective And Too Cheap

Alternative cures, treatments and therapies are targeted for extermination by the state, and the sick are corralled into risky, expensive treatments that fail to address the root causes of cancer and promote healthier living.



9. Morgellon’s

This strange and scary disease appears to be an infection of sorts by some still unknown type of organic material.

Manifesting as tiny living threads or worms that surface at the skin, irritating the patient, it is believed that no Morgellon’s patient has ever been able to undergo an autopsy due to an attempted global cover up.  



Related: Morgellons articles

With no clear answers available from science, many point to geo-engineering and chemtrail spraying as the source.



10. Dental Fluorosis

The public fluoridation of water in the US and other nations is medication without consent and without controlling dosages. This is a form of torture.



Related: The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Can’t Answer

The US government just admitted that Americans are overdosed on fluoride when they lowered the recommended amounts to put in public water supplies.

Fluoride is linked to many health problems including cancer and lowered IQ in children, yet the government still forces into just about everyone. Dental fluorosis is a sign of overexposure to fluoride, and a sign of deliberate poisoning.



11. ‘Chemical Imbalances’

Some will disagree, but mental health issues like ADD/ADHD, anxiety, insomnia, and depression can all be cured with proper diet, exercise and supplementation.

In fact, these conditions are fairly new to the human population, and are on the rise, or at least diagnoses are on the rise.



Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

Of course the medical establishment benefits greatly from having more and more patients consuming drugs to remedy mental health issues.



Conclusion

The soft kill is about distracting you from life, debilitating you, and getting you out of the game and into the pharmacy.

It would take very little to eradicate so much of the toxicity from our modern world, but the initiative of the ruling elite is to destroy, contaminate and compromise all that which is most fundamental to life on planet earth. A deliberate soft kill.

Is this an accident, or the global depopulation soft kill strategy working effectively for the world’s elite? What do you think?


Related Articles:

New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

Are We In A Pseudopandemic? & It All Makes Sense Once You Realize They Want to Kill Us

Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

From 2018: Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here


Eugenics & The Depopulation Agenda


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice
June 24 2022 | From: ThePowerOfIdeas / Various

Have you ever been told to just “think positive” and your problems will go away? Or that to achieve your goals in life, all you have to do is visualize it with positive intent?



It’s a philosophy that’s been popular for decades thanks to books like How to win Friends and Influence People and Think and Grow Rich. 

Related: The "Institutional Corruption" Of Psychiatry: A Conversation With Authors Of ''Psychiatry Under The Influence''

In fact, according to spiritual guru, Osho, it might just be one of the biggest “bullshit philosophies” there is.


Why “Positive Thinking” Won’t Help You Out

When asked what he thinks of the “positive thinking” movement, Osho believes that it’s doing more harm than good. Why? Because it means we’re denying reality and being dishonest to ourselves:


"The philosophy of positive thinking means being untruthful; it means being dishonest. It means seeing a certain thing and yet denying what you have seen; it means deceiving yourself and others.”

“Positive thinking is the only bullshit philosophy that America has contributed to human thought – nothing else. Dale Carnegie, Napoleon Hill, and the Christian priest, Vincent Peale – all these people have filled the whole American mind with this absolutely absurd idea of a positive philosophy.

And it appeals particularly to mediocre minds…

Dale Carnegie’s book, How to Win Friends and Influence People, has been sold in numbers just next to the Christian Bible. No other book has been able to reach that popularity.

The Christian Bible should not be a competitor in fact, because it is more or less given free, forced on people. But Dale Carnegie’s book people have been purchasing; it has not been given to you free. And it has created a certain kind of ideology which has given birth to many books of a similar kind. But to me it is nauseating.

… Dale Carnegie started this whole school of positive philosophy, positive thinking: Don’t see the negative part, don’t see the darker side. But by your not seeing it, do you think it disappears? You are just befooling yourself. You cannot change reality. The night will still be there; you can think that it is daytime for twenty-four hours, but by your thinking it, it is not going to be light twenty-four hours a day.

The negative is as much part of life as the positive. They balance each other.”

He also used this opportunity to throw shade at the enormously popular book Think and Grow Rich:


"About Napoleon Hill I remember… he himself was a poor man. That would have been enough proof to disprove his whole philosophy. He became rich by selling the book, Think and Grow Rich.

But it was not positive thinking that was making him rich – it was fools around the world who were purchasing the book, it was his work, his labor, his effort. But in the very beginning days, when his book came out, he used to stand in bookstores to persuade people to purchase the book.

And it happened that Henry Ford came in his latest model car and went into the bookshop to find something light to read. And Napoleon Hill did not want to miss this chance. He went forwards with his book and he said, “A great book has just been published – you will be happy with it. And it is not only a book, it is a sure method of success.”

Henry Ford looked at the man and said, “Are you the writer of the book?”

Napoleon Hill said proudly, “Yes, I am the writer of the book.” And he can be proud: that book he has written is a piece of art. And to create a piece of art out of crap is real mastery.

Henry Ford, without touching the book, just asked one question, “Have you come in your own car or on the bus?”

Napoleon Hill could not understand what he meant. He said, “Of course, I came on the bus.”

Henry Ford said, ”Look outside. That is my private car, and I am Henry Ford. You are befooling others; you don’t have even a private car and you write a book called Think and Grow Rich! And I have grown rich without thinking, so I don’t want to bother with it. You think and grow rich! – and when you grow rich then you come to me. That will be the proof. The book is not the proof.”

And it is said that Napoleon Hill never could gather up the courage to meet this old man, Henry Ford, again, even though he became a little richer. But compared to Henry Ford he was always a poor man and was bound to remain a poor man, always. But Henry Ford’s logic was clear.

No. I do not believe in any philosophy of positive thinking.”




Related: The Bullshit Philosophy Of Positive Thinking


The Half-Truth is Dangerous

Osho says that forcing yourself to think positive all the time is simply denying the reality of our lives, and it will eventually come around and bite us:


"You ask me: Am I against positive philosophy? Yes, because I am also against negative philosophy.

I have to be against both because both choose only half the fact, and both try to ignore the other half.

And remember: a half-truth is far more dangerous than a whole lie, because the whole lie will be discovered by you sooner or later. How long can it remain undiscovered by you? A lie, of course, is a lie; it is just a palace made of playing cards – a little breeze and the whole palace disappears.

But the half-truth is dangerous. You may never discover it, you may continue to think it is the whole truth. So the real problem is not the whole lie, the real problem is the half-truth pretending to be the whole truth; and that is what these people are doing.”



Related: The Mandela Effect: Did You Know There’s A Term For When You’re Totally Positive Something Happened Even Though It Didn’t?


The Negative Ideas of Your Mind Have to be Released, Not Repressed

Osho goes onto say that it’s harmful to repress negative emotions:


"The negative ideas of your mind have to be released, not repressed by positive ideas. You have to create a consciousness which is neither positive nor negative. That will be the pure consciousness.

In that pure consciousness you will live the most natural and blissful life…

You don’t like a person, you don’t like many things; you don’t like yourself, you don’t like the situation you are in. All this garbage goes on collecting in the unconscious, and on the surface a hypocrite is born, who says, “I love everybody, love is the key to blissfulness.” But you don’t see any bliss in that person’s life. He is holding the whole of hell within himself.

He can deceive others, and if he goes on deceiving long enough, he can deceive himself too. But it won’t be a change. It is simply wasting life – which is immensely valuable because you cannot get it back.

Positive thinking is simply the philosophy of hypocrisy – to give it the right name. When you are feeling like crying, it teaches you to sing. You can manage if you try, but those repressed tears will come out at some point, in some situation.

There is a limitation to repression. And the song that you were singing was absolutely meaningless; you were not feeling it, it was not born out of your heart.”



Related Articles:

Fifty Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

Nature’s Prozac: Nutrition For Mental Health

Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Deep State: It Is War, Not Peace That Pays
June 23 2022 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

The Deep State at work: President Eisenhower warned us. He called the “Deep State” at work the “military-industrial complex.” There will always be people in a society who are more willing than others, more prone to bullying, stealing, and making jackasses out of themselves.



As 18th-century political philosopher William Godwin observed, if a government has any legitimate purpose at all, it is to keep these people from doing harm to their fellow human beings.

Related: A Textbook Case Of Treason + Trump: A Threat To The Deep State

But over time, these bullies will infest government and its related industries. Then, instead of keeping these pests under control, government gives them authority, even funding a kind of fake-respectability.

Their predations, illusions, and vanities become public policy.

All major industries – media, education, health care and finance – attract these bullies and jackasses. But the Deep State treats them like a manure pile to a herd of pigs.

Soon, they will be rooting and wallowing in the biggest heap of misappropriated resources in all of history.



Related: The Deep State - Mike Lofgren

Today, the Deep State’s agents bark at you to take off your belt and shoes at airports. Try to dig a pond in your backyard, or let your teenage son work on the family farm, and they will make a case of it.

They snoop and spy, looking for secrets they can exploit to bribe you. They tax. They regulate. And they control.


"Ultimately, and the sooner the better, it will require our system and people to reject Trump and those surrounding him - who have already done so much to disgrace the offices they hold and undermine America’s standing in the world.”

But the ones that are out of control are the cabal members themselves and this must be stopped immediately.

This shadowy secret government whose ultimate goal is the implementation of the so-called New World Order, is pulling the strings on the world’s puppet-heads of state and captains of industry.

The term Deep State has recently gained traction, in addition to the use of terms like; shadow government, cabal, Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, The Powers That Be, the Luciferians, Illuminati, Elite; all referencing the same group of hidden Luciferian Satanists that detest and rob people.



Related: Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry

The Deep State is an unelected insider-government within in the government. They are not interested in politics, just in money and power, and will continue doing what they are doing, until they cannot do it anymore.


How The Deep State Operates:

A complex web of revolving doors between government, the military-industrial-complex, Wall Street, and Silicon Valley consolidates the interests of defence contractors, banksters, military campaigns, and both foreign and domestic surveillance intelligence, the media, and healthcare, just to name a few.

Money, the economy, and government have all changed since the collapse of the Bretton Woods agreement and the end of gold-backed money.

When on August 15, 1971, President Nixon hammered the last nail in the coffin of honest money by abolishing gold backing for the US-Dollar, the world’s reserve currency.



Related: Dancing On The Crumbling Precipice: Jim Quinn Explains Why The Deep State Is The True Enemy Of Human Civilization

This was not the only reason for the profound changes that followed. There was also the introduction of Communist China to capitalism, the fall of the Soviet Union, and the rise of the Internet, to name just a few.

After the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991, the Deep State faced the biggest threat to its existence: It no longer had a plausible enemy.

Since then, it has put U.S. jackboots on the ground in a takedown of a series of pseudo-enemies – all laughably inferior.


It is War, Not Peace That Pays:

However, with all its firepower, all its superior military technology, and all its trillions of dollars in spending, America hasn’t won a single one of its many wars since the end of the Cold War by way of a clear or honourable victory.

Not one, but then again, that has never been the intention, the only true intention being to turn around money and power, period.

Instead, all wars have led to one fumbled mess after another. Enemies were suddenly promoted into angels; allies morphed into demons.



Related:
For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

You’d think this would bring the public to its senses. Maybe all this spending, blustering, and bombing is not really paying off? Maybe it is creating more enemies than it defeats?

But that is just the point: For the common man, a war is little more than a Super Bowl with mortal stakes.

They holler and hoot for the Homeland team. They salute their heroes and hate their enemies, even when they’re not sure who the enemy is.

Those who do the thinking and the plotting, on the other hand, have another agenda. They are just as happy with a defeat as a victory. Victory, and the peace that followed World War II, almost put them out of business. It is war, not peace that pays.

And war pays well, not to mention all the personal liberties that are confiscated with each fabricated war.


The Trillion Dollar Industry:

The U.S. “security” industry has about $1 trillion a year in spending power [2017]. You can buy a lot of votes with that kind of money. The Deep State remains in charge. The fix is always in.

The deep state hides in plain sight and goes far beyond the military-industrial complex. 



Related: A List Of 21 Ex-Agents Who Have Exposed The US Military Intelligence Complex & Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says

While most citizens are at least passively aware of the surveillance state and the conspiracy between the government and the corporate heads of Wall Street, few people are aware of how much the intelligence functions of the government have been outsourced to privatised groups that are not subject to oversight or accountability by the public.


The Money Suckers:

Moreover, while Wall Street and the federal government suck money out of the economy, relegating hundreds of millions of people to poverty and incarcerating more people than China – a totalitarian state with four-times more people than the US.

The deep state has, since 9/11, built the equivalent of three Pentagons, a bloated state apparatus that keeps defence contractors, intelligence contractors, and has financed privatised non-accountable NGOs.



Related: Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

Big Business, called Corpocracy aids the deep state. The revolving door between government and Wall Streetmoney allows top firms to offer premium jobs to senior government officials and military yes-men.

Wall Street is the ultimate foundation for the deep state because the incredible amount of money it generates can provide these cushy jobs to those in government after they retire. Nepotism reigns supreme as the revolving door between Wall Street and government facilitates a great deal of domestic strife:


"Bank bailouts, tax breaks, and resistance to legislation that would regulate Wall Street, political donors, and lobbyists.

The senior government officials, ex-generals, and high level intelligence operatives who participate find themselves with multi-million dollar homes in which they spend their retirement years, cushioned by a tidy pile of investments.”


How Did The Deep State Come Into Being?

Although the Deep State is an age-old planned entity, originally it may have been named differently.



Related: The Rothschild’s Global Crime Syndicate And How It Works

Insiders are of the opinion that ultimately it is the offspring of the military-industrial complex, while others say it came into being with the Federal Reserve Act in 1913, when Woodrow Wilson remarked;


"We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilised world, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.”

This quasi-secret cabal is pulling the strings in Washington, and much of the world is maintained under the pressure of a corporatist ideology that thrives on deregulation, outsourcing, deindustrialization, and financialization, yielding perpetual war and economic imperialism abroad, while consolidating the interests of the oligarchy.



Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

The Deep State is a government within a government that operates off tax dollars but is not constrained by the constitution, nor are its machinations derailed by political shifts.

In this world – where the deep state functions with impunity – it doesn’t matter who is president so long as he or she perpetuates the war on terror, which serves this interconnected web of corporate special interests and disingenuous geopolitical objectives.


"As long as appropriation bills get passed on time, promotion lists get confirmed, black (i.e., secret) budgets get rubber stamped, special tax subsidies for certain corporations are approved without controversy, as long as too many awkward questions are not asked, the gears of the hybrid state will mesh noiselessly”.


Is There Hope For the Future?

 For sure there is hope, and the epilogue is imminent. At present, discord and unrest continues to build. 

But various groups, establishments, organisations, and portions of the populace from all corners of the political spectrum, including libertarians from both the left and right, whistleblowers and others are beginning to vigorously question and reject the labyrinth of power wielded by the deep state.





Related:
Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End

Can these groups – can we, the people – overcome the divide and conquer tactics used to quell dissent?

That depends on how many of us wake up and unite in the importance of forging a future with freedom and prosperity.

It lies in our own hands. We must all wake up; become and remain positive and motivated to eradicate this Deep State Mafia, once and forever.

Take into consideration; Our Creator has created planet Earth and its people, not to be destroyed by a small group of Mafiosi, ofter referred to as the Deep State.


Related Articles:


How The Deep State ‘Justifies’ Itself In America

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

Not Just Surveillance: Three Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality
June 22 2022 | From: LifeCoachCode / Various

Three different studies, done by different teams of scientists proved something really extraordinary.



But when a new research connected these 3 discoveries, something shocking was realized, something hiding in plain sight.

Related: Biophotons: The Human Body Emits, Communicates With, And Is Made From Light

Human emotion literally shapes the world around us. Not just our perception of the world, but reality itself.

In the first experiment, human DNA, isolated in a sealed container, was placed near a test subject. Scientists gave the donor emotional stimulus and fascinatingly enough, the emotions affected their DNA in the other room.

In the presence of negative emotions the DNA tightened. In the presence of positive emotions the coils of the DNA relaxed.

The scientists concluded that “Human emotion produces effects which defy conventional laws of physics.”



Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions

In the second, similar but unrelated experiment, different group of scientists extracted Leukocytes (white blood cells) from donors and placed into chambers so they could measure electrical changes.

In this experiment, the donor was placed in one room and subjected to “emotional stimulation” consisting of video clips, which generated different emotions in the donor.

The DNA was placed in a different room in the same building. Both the donor and his DNA were monitored and as the donor exhibited emotional peaks or valleys (measured by electrical responses), the DNA exhibited the IDENTICAL RESPONSES AT THE EXACT SAME TIME.



Related: The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water

There was no lag time, no transmission time. The DNA peaks and valleys EXACTLY MATCHED the peaks and valleys of the donor in time.

The scientists wanted to see how far away they could separate the donor from his DNA and still get this effect. They stopped testing after they separated the DNA and the donor by 50 miles and STILL had the SAME result. No lag time; no transmission time.

The DNA and the donor had the same identical responses in time. The conclusion was that the donor and the DNA can communicate beyond space and time.



Related: The Human Aura And DNA: How You Choose Your Genes

The third experiment proved something pretty shocking! Scientists observed the effect of DNA on our physical world.

Light photons, which make up the world around us, were observed inside a vacuum. Their natural locations were completely random.

Human DNA was then inserted into the vacuum. Shockingly the photons were no longer acting random. They precisely followed the geometry of the DNA.



Related: On Changes In The Earth’s Vibrational Frequency, Known As The Schumann Resonance Frequency


Scientists who were studying this, described the photons behaving “surprisingly and counter-intuitively”. They went on to say that “We are forced to accept the possibility of some new field of energy!”

They concluded that human DNA literally shape the behavior of light photons that make up the world around us!

So when a new research was done, and all of these 3 scientific claims were connected together, scientists were shocked.

They came to a stunning realization that if our emotions affect our DNA and our DNA shapes the world around us, than our emotions physically change the world around us.



Related: Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles

And not just that, we are connected to our DNA beyond space and time. We create our reality by choosing it with our feelings.

Science has already proven some pretty mindblowing facts about The Universe we live in. All we have to do is connect the dots.


Related Articles:

Animal Communication + Study On Human-Pet Bonding Says You May Be Under A Spell

How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School

Energy Follows Thought

Dr. Russell Blaylock Explains Why The Masses Are Becoming Cognitively Retarded And Incapable Of Rational Thought

New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Hero Worship And The Shadow Self
June 21 2022 | From: FeelingGoodFeelingGreat / Various

Are you afraid of your own shadow? I’m not talking about the silhouette of yours on the ground; I’m talking about the psychological shadow.



In Jungian psychology, the shadow is the collection of aspects of yourself that you deem unwanted or undesirable and hide deep in the caverns of your subconscious mind.

Related: Key Influence Of Belief

What we classify as unwanted or undesirable is largely determined by our cultural conditioning. The classic example is the business man whose true passion is art, yet he suppresses this gift because of what his parents and society labeled as favorable or unfavorable.

This happens with all aspects of self we refuse to accept (which can happen consciously or subconsciously).

While the shadow self is often thought of as the “bad” qualities that we refuse to acknowledge within ourselves, the most suppressed qualities are often the best ones. This is what I call the golden shadow.


The Golden Shadow


"Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate. Our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure. It is our Light, not our Darkness, that most frightens us.”

- Marianne Williamson

Hero worship is an extension of the golden shadow. We suppress our inner greatness and subconsciously project our collective golden shadow onto heroes.

Heroes of all kinds – superheroes, celebrities, athletes, gurus – are thought of as amazing and perfect, while we view ourselves as a lesser “poor little me.”

We put all of our hopes and dreams not in ourselves, but in our favorite athlete, or the president, or a superhero we saw in a movie.



Related: Developing A Non-Judgmental Attitude

All of the beauty we’ve refused to accept within ourselves is projected onto models and the “beautiful faces” we see on TV. This is all externally projecting our suppressed greatness because somewhere along the line we’ve deemed ourselves unworthy of embodying.

Here’s the truth. We all have greatness within. Yours may not look like Michael Jordan’s (who supposedly isn’t the nicest human being by the way – a testament to the grand deception of celebrity worship). Your greatness may not look like mine either.

But I can guarantee that you have some kind of unique greatness. It’s been there all along, you’ve just refused to acknowledge it.


The Darker the Shadow, The Stronger the Super Powers

Mythological figures like superheroes and omnipotent gods are the projection of a society that feels weak and helpless.

This collective projection comes from a huge “elephant in the room” shadow that we refuse to acknowledge. Our hero myths are created to fill the yearning for the brilliant potential that we’re systematically denying ourselves.



Related: The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone

Can we fly and lift giant boulders? Who really knows? But super powers are more metaphorical. We’ve denied our inner gems so vehemently that we subconsciously create external, all-powerful saviors to fill that void and balance the scales.

We’re so afraid to step into our own power that we project it outward instead of owning it.

We cowardly choose work unfulfilling jobs, sit on the couch and watch TV instead of coming to grips with the immense power that lies within. You don’t have to be rich and famous to do this. It all simply comes down to your focus. What are you focusing on? What are you giving energy to?

Accepting your power within could be as simple as having a clear purpose in life, choosing a career you truly love, meditating, being fully present, feeling gratitude, honoring compassion, creating art or anything else where your focus is on cultivating your own gifts instead of focusing on something external.



Related: 13 Science-Backed Signs You're Smarter Than Average

Once we start doing this, who knows what possibilities will emerge? We know next nothing about the nature of reality, so the (assumed) laws we think we’re subject to might change and/or dissolve as we let go of self-imposed limitations. Anything is possible, but we’re so quick to stubbornly argue FOR our limitations.

We live in prisons that are locked from the inside.


The God Within

As humans, we have a tendency to project our best qualities onto external Gods, creating an external savior complex.

If you view those qualities as something out there, then they become a mere intellectual concept and you relegate yourself to “poor little me.” But if you view those qualities as archetypes WITHIN YOU, the whole game changes.

When you view Buddha or Jesus Christ as men to be worshipped who are more special than you, you’re missing the whole point.

Buddha and Christ are archetypal examples of the “higher” consciousness that exists within all of us.



Related: Going Through Some Changes, Are You?

Yet because we’ve been so conditioned to cast our greatness to the shadows, most people cannot even fathom this concept and argue for their own diminutiveness.


"The kingdom of God is not in the clouds, in some designated point of space; it is right behind the darkness that you perceive with closed eyes.”

- Paramahansa Yogananda


The Heroic Chasm

I’m not saying to never admire anyone else or be an egocentric narcissist. Not at all. When you shine light on your shadow and cultivate love within, only then can you truly love others.

It’s useful to learn from others, but the difference comes in whether or not you choose to embody those qualities you admire.


“It’s cool to imitate, just grow into your own

Don’t let the green grass across the picket fence

Turn you into Mr. Smith without a purpose or a home

Underneath he is a Jedi, on the surface he’s a Clone”


– Jay Electronica

You see, most people admire others, but think “I could never be like that” or something similar that implies inferiority. That’s self-sabotaging victim logic.

A 5’3” man probably won’t become a professional basketball player, but he most certainly has the potential for greatness in other ways. Well that’s not entirely true either. Look at someone like Mugsy Bogues, who actually was a 5’3” professional basketball player.

So it is possible, if you choose to believe in yourself. Sometimes we need to redefine what possible is. “Impossible” is an opinion; a mere imaginary fence created by self-defeating, “poor-me” victims
.



Related:
How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

If you hear about a successful business person’s morning routine, do you think “I don’t have the discipline for that” and flip to the next channel to distract yourself? Or do you take notes and start applying it towards your own mission in life?

We must bridge the heroic chasm. On one side, you have the idolized hero, and on the other the average person who refuses to acknowledge their own greatness.

The chasm is bridged by learning from “heroes” then EMBODYING those qualities which the heroes represent. If those qualities are not examined, learned and embodied, you just become another passive, “poor little me” for the rest of your life.

The successful athlete continuously embodies and applies the qualities of the people they look up to. The wise person continuously embodies and applies the wisdom of others. The enlightened person continuously embodies an applies the God-like qualities.



Related: Spiritual Leap Of Faith

How are you going to bridge the heroic gap? Or will you choose to deny your greatness and cowardly feed your shadow with hero worship?

Life to too precious to fritter away by denying your own greatness. Learn from others then cultivate that greatness within. It’s there within all of us.

Be your own superhero.


Related Articles:

Your “Shadow Self”: How To Face It, Bring It To Light & Transcend It

We Don’t Need Government, We Need Purpose

Hunter S. Thompson’s Thought-Provoking Letter On Finding Purpose And Meaning In Life + Where Our Biggest Regrets Come From

Retired American Bishop Explains How The Church Invented Hell & What Religion Is Really Used For

Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries

The Light Side Of The Dark Night Of The Soul


The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal
June 20 2022 | From: NZPCR / OffGuardian / Various

“It is true that you may fool all of the people some of the time; you can even fool some of the people all of the time; but you can’t fool all of the people all of the time.” - President Abraham Lincoln



When Jacinda Ardern took office in 2017, she promised her government would be the most open and transparent New Zealand had seen.

Related: Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

In her first formal speech to Parliament she pledged:


"This government will foster a more open and democratic society. It will strengthen transparency around official information.”

Since that time, the Government’s “iron grip” on the control of information has tightened and it is harder now than ever to get information.

This is the view of one of New Zealand’s most experienced political journalists, Stuff’s Andrea Vance, who last weekend explained:


"In my 20-year plus time as a journalist, this Government is one of the most thin-skinned and secretive I have experienced. Many of my colleagues say the same…

It’s now very difficult for journalists to get to the heart and the truth of a story. We are up against an army of well-paid spin doctors.

At every level, the Government manipulates the flow of information…

Even squeezing basic facts out of an agency is a frustrating, torturous and often futile exercise.”

She explains that since “the current Government took office, the number of communications specialists have ballooned. Each minister has at least two press secretaries. Ardern has four.”

The team assisting the Prime Minister to shape her public image is headed by her chief press secretary, Andrew Campbell, with former Stuff business editor Ellen Read as his deputy.



Related: Ardern Intent On Smashing Free Speech

Essentially, they handle incoming questions for the prime minister, help with speech writing, set up interviews and press conferences, and accompany the PM through media engagements.

In addition, the prime minister’s office not only controls what other members of the Cabinet are saying, but they go to great lengths to “make sure their audience is captured, starting the week and cementing the agenda with a conference call with political editors”.

It is not just politicians that have press secretaries – so too do government departments, and under our PR-savvy Prime Minister, the number is skyrocketing.

In the year Labour took office, the Ministry for the Environment had 10 PR staff – they now have 18. The Ministry for Foreign Affairs and Trade more than doubled their staff – up to 25.

MBIE blew out from 48 staff to 64, with the New Zealand Transport Agency, which had 26 communications staff five years ago, now employing a staggering 72!

With this PR army promoting an image of government benevolence and attempting to block unwanted scrutiny, even basic requests for information are now being denied.

Andrea Vance describes how attempts by two senior journalists to interview Foreign Minister Nanaia Mahuta, at a time of intense interest in the China-Australia-New-Zealand relationship, were refused – not because of geo-political sensitivities, nor a diary clash, but because “the paranoid and hyper-sensitive minister objected to taking questions from two journalists at once.”



Related: China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

That same Minister, with her local government hat on, had released radical proposals for ‘three waters’ reforms that would essentially centralise the management of drinking water, wastewater, and storm water operations from local councils to mega-agencies, with 50 percent control allocated to private sector tribal corporations.

Yet, she “refused to answer detailed questions about the proposed changes”, agreeing to only one interview – with a ‘friendly’ state broadcaster. The whole debacle represented “a serious blow to accountability”.

It turns out that journalists who ask hard questions and challenge the Government’s spin are increasingly being side lined – refused interviews, excluded from press conferences, and ignored at media stand-ups.

Government departments are also being obstructive, refusing to answer Official Information Requests unless ordered to do so by the Ombudsman.

As a result, queries that should have been responded to within 20 working days are taking months to answer with much of the information, when it is eventually released, heavily redacted.

These are not the actions of the open and transparent government promised by Jacinda Ardern, but of an increasingly totalitarian regime.



Related: The Unseen Damages Fact Checking Has On Public Discourse

In her article Andrea Vance asks why the difficulties faced by journalists should matter to the public: “Why should you care?”

She then explains:


"Because the public’s impression of this government is the very opposite. They see a prime minister that has captivated the world with her ‘authentic’ communication style, intimate social media postings, daily Covid briefings and proactive releases of Cabinet papers.

It is an artfully-crafted mirage, because the reality is very different. This is a Government that is only generous with the information that it chooses to share.”

Jacinda Ardern is, of course, a public relations graduate, with a Bachelor of Communication Studies in Public Relations and Political Science from Waikato University.

As a result, when faced with a pandemic and an election in 2020, Prime Minister Ardern’s confidence in the power of PR led her to employ an army of communications experts to help her win the Covid-PR war and the election.



Related: A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

As George Orwell said, if you control the language, you can control the mind, and that is certainly how it all played out. Using carefully crafted lines like “the team of 5 million”, Jacinda Ardern was able to persuade the nation that she was saving lives – and deserved to be re-elected

Official information revealed that by the end of May 2020, the cost of the PM’s public relations campaign – which had built a formidable propaganda machine involving 28 advertising, marketing and communications contractors – was a staggering $16 million dollars:


"The majority was to two firms who are listed as communications directors by the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet.

Clemenger BBDO was paid $3m for its role, which involved the clear and concise messaging such as ‘stay home, save lives’.

But the biggest earner OMD, a multinational advertising firm… was paid $12m for its role in the response.”

It turns out that everything from “go hard, go early” to the “be kind to each other” messaging was carefully planned, tested, and executed by experts.

At the time, Newstalk ZB’s Mike Hosking was scathing that so much money was being spent on ‘spin’:

“Extraordinary, isn’t it? It shows just how much we got played by a government that was as desperate to score points as it was to actually address a health crisis.




Is the Next Step For Cancel Culture To Drive Certain People From All Society?







Related:
Cancel Culture: Its Origins and Implications




Is communication important? Of course. But do you need to pay $16 million for it?

No. This wasn’t simple instruction that any government can come up with, this was clearly a highly planned, seriously worked over piece of strategy designed for maximum political impact.

And the irony is, from the advertising agencies point of view, it worked. We got sucked in, followed orders and came out hailing the Prime Minister with a 59 percent share in a poll. Value for money then?

Or a master piece of fantastically expensive spin? Again, we were played like a fiddle.

Stuff’s Political Editor Luke Malpass agreed:


"The Ardern Government has been delivering a masterclass in propaganda since Covid began.

It has presented the plan that it formulated as the only feasible option, set up rules and language to prosecute that agenda and rhetorically crushed all opposition.

That was buttressed over the months by the fact that the Government’s plan was sound, effectively carried out and delivered comparatively very good results. Labour won a crushing election victory off the back of it.”

Indeed, the $16 million of taxpayers’ money bought Labour a masterly election campaign – by keeping the country’s focus on the virus, and constantly repeating the mantra that it was our team of 5 million that defeated it, they communicated a powerful party line: by sticking together we won the Covid battle and by staying with Labour we will win the battle to rebuild our nation.

Labour’s regular election year focus group polling would have told them that to win over ‘soft’ National voters they needed to shift into the political centre ground and temper their socialist ambitions.



Related: It's time to declare "D-Day" against the evil tech monopolists and their war against human rights

As a result, Labour based their election manifesto on their 2017 agenda, and used conservative slogans such as a ‘strong and stable’ government and a ‘steady pair of hands’.

Their PR machine was evident on the campaign trail as political commentator Richard Harman explained at the time:


"On the road with Ardern, they had a much more experienced and substantial team. They had two press secretaries with the Prime Minister; National had one.

Labour had a professional video crew for social media; National had a staffer with an iPhone. Labour had its former party president and Minister, Ruth Dyson, as its advance person carefully setting up events that Ardern was going to and checking them out to avoid pitfalls.

There was little evidence of any advance work [by National].”

After the election, Jacinda Ardern acknowledged that her support had come from across the political spectrum,


"To those amongst you who may not have supported Labour before… I say thank you. We will not take your support for granted. And I can promise you, we will be a party that governs for every New Zealander.”

In a media conference the next day, she specifically reassured New Zealanders about the agenda she intended to roll out, saying, “None of it will be new, because we laid the foundations for these next three years in the previous three years.”

But the truth is that much of what Jacinda Ardern has done since the election is new to the public.



Related: What The New Acceptability Of The Lab Leak Origin Tells Us About Media Outlets & COVID-19 – The Real Truth

Not only was her He Puapua report – which provides a blueprint for Maori sovereignty over New Zealand by 2040 – not disclosed to the voters during the campaign, but it’s public release was deliberately delayed until after the election.

It is in this politically-charged environment, that this week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator, journalist Graham Adams outlines the difficulties in holding a Prime Minister to account, who is PR-driven and, it seems, is prepared to ‘bend the truth beyond breaking point’:


"Jacinda Ardern has offered herself as a hostage to fortune by repeatedly denying that the doctrine of ‘white privilege’ is being taught in schools, or that the teaching curriculum mentions it anywhere, or that it is part of her ‘government’s agenda’.

“She has conceded that white privilege… might have been taught by a teacher somewhere at some time in some school but insists it isn’t official policy.

In denying that discussing white privilege is an approved part of teaching in schools, evidence shows she may have been bending the truth beyond breaking point.

The official education document Te Hurihanganui mentions ‘white privilege’ in its opening paragraphs. The government has funded the programme to the tune of $42 million.

Launched in October 2020, it has now been established in numerous schools in Nelson, Te Puke, Porirua and Southland, with more to come.”

Graham points out:


"For someone who prides herself on mastering the details of her government’s policies, it’s impossible to believe Ardern is simply ill informed or forgetful about Te Hurihanganui’s existence or what it recommends.”

He wonders whether the motivation for the PM’s repeated denials – that leave her open to charges of lying – could be that Labour’s polling is showing a high degree of public disquiet over anti-racism programmes in schools and the imposition of the He Puapua plan for tribal rule.

Perhaps this means the Ardern Government’s “artfully-crafted mirage” that Andrea Vance so eloquently describes, is finally starting to fracture.



Related: The Historical & Current Situations In Aotearoa New Zealand

Certainly, the fact that the Government is rolling out the radical He Puapua in secret, instead of openly, indicates that even Labour supporters are becoming concerned.

If they really understood the truth – the serious threat to democracy that the PM’s separatist agenda represents and the deeply divided society it would create – their opposition and sense of betrayal would intensify.

On this issue, we the majority have the mandate – Jacinda Ardern does not.


Related Articles:

Local Fox News Reporter Says Network Is ‘Muzzling’ Her Live on the Air, Will Go to Project Veritas

The Manipulated Human Being Is Capable of Anything, Except Saying NO

Truthful Accounts: A View from Nicaragua on Propaganda and Corporate Media Journalists

The dangers of putting media on the government’s payroll

What If The Mainstream Media Had Told The Truth?


Globalist Revolution

Redacted - how information the public should know about disappears from view

Tucker Carlson Says Show Is Being Targeted for Cancelation

What REALLY Got Gina Carano Cancelled

Facebook’s Australia News Ban Hits State Governments, Health Departments, and Weather Services

Poland Proposes $13.5 Million Fines for Tech Giants Engaging in Ideological Censorship

Opinion: An Amazon Book Burning

Facebook Unfriends Australia: The Triumph of Epistemic Chaos

On the Efforts to Silence Tucker Carlson, Sean Hannity

Russia’s President Putin Warns That Censorship Is Killing American Democracy

Governor: Big Fines Coming Against Big Tech Censorship | Facts Matter

Senator Questions Mark Zuckerberg On Censorship After Facebook Whistleblower Comes Forward

Two Young BBC Journalists Dead From Mysterious “Short Illness” After AstraZeneca CoviShield Vaccine

Cyber strike against America’s power grid and energy infrastructure seeks to take down the nation and sow chaos so that bad actors can cover their tracks



Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

An Essay on the Struggle for Reason and Freedom.



Scholars have speculated that Shirley Jackson’s timeless story The Lottery (1948) was a contemplation of and attempt to make sense of the ghastly forms of rationalization at work in Nazi death camps uncovered during the postwar Nuremberg trials.


Related: The Truth About The Great Reset

While the major theme of Jackson’s story, man’s general inhumanity toward humankind, continues to reverberate, the development of a certain character within the tale speaks even more profoundly to the present.

Old Man Warner and his unblinking obedience to strange abstractions embody a banality of evil that appears in many of his fellow townsfolk and the codes of behavior and speech they are goaded by bizarre norms to embrace.

Questioning these abstractions and the traditions that animate them comes at a substantial price, however.

“Every man has his price” (Walpole, 1734) - an utterance on the lips of both despots and saints, past and present, eager to embrace or repel tyranny. The observation has the ring both of a universal truth and a hasty generalization.

In Jackson’s story, the price for the old man, intent to guard the prevailing socioeconomic order, was his own humanity.

In the present, the saying resonates with those whose minds have been effectively dazzled by the global Pavlovian project observable in state-corporate propaganda which claims that a virus with a 99.8% survival rate spells certain doom for the world.



Related: The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis As Their Reset Agenda Fails

They who demand that every living creature obey, without question, the unscientific irrational contradictory plans of the unfolding state-corporate global medical hegemony.

The competitively compliant masses, armed with faculties of reason effectively effaced, are all too happy to publicly signal their subservience and submit their civil and human rights to a technocratic global lordship consolidating the kind of control and power that will remain, forevermore, impervious to any challenge.

How observable facts such as these elude the notice of so many people today is covered, most notably, in a popular university course in propaganda at New York University.

Mark Crispin Miller, world-renowned professor of media, culture and communication, has given Mass Persuasion and Propaganda for decades.

In these times, however, of state-sanctioned “woke totalitarianism” enforced by its global big tech guardians, the course and its most famous professor was bound to become a target for cancellation.

The operation against Professor Miller began in earnest last year when a disgruntled student falsely claimed that her teacher was nurturing a student-led mutiny against the NYU administration for its masking policies.

The latest and most baffling attack on Miller has emerged, however, with the publication of a hit piece titled “The Professor of Paranoia” in the Chronicle of Higher Education - a rank illustration of the truths we might see in the aphorism that every man can be bought.



Related: The Wizard Of Oz: The Dark Reality That The Deep State Hides From The World

Inexplicably, its author Mark Dery marks out his territorial criticism of Miller by explicitly signaling his own ideological presuppositions - a liberal pose that can only pretend to be progressive, open-minded, balanced and enlightened by an unflagging pursuit of unvarnished truth.

What profits the man who gives up his intellectual integrity for an ideology demanding all empirical knowledge pass through the politically correct filters set by the Federal Ministry of Truth

Dery muses over decades past, reading Miller’s classic 1988 volume, Boxed In: The Culture of TV and cites our mutually favorite chapter, “Big Brother Is You, Watching.”

He references a salient passage that (in his mind apparently) should serve to chasten Miller for his contemporary transgressions:


"TV ‘reduces all of its proponents to blind spectators of their own annihilation’”

- Boxed In: The Culture of TV, 1988, p. 331.

Dery proceeds to call up a host of Miller’s supposed offenses against all accepted expressions of scholarly integrity - uninvestigated 9/11 intrigue, stolen elections, CIA-backed psychological operations against domestic populations, and now the new social and economic “Normal” promulgated by a transnational network of elite Davos movers and shakers.



Related: Cycles Of History Ignored - Canceling History

Scoffing, as he does, at the very idea of addressing such pressing issues comes at the cost of one’s own intellect, a mental annihilation akin to that bizarre period of public discourse in the wake of 9/11 when FOX News was the unrivalled PR arm of the GOP.

The passage from Boxed In that Dery selected as a weapon against Miller serves as the most glaring example of irony.

The very examples Dery cites in his critique show that only those weaned on TV have not yet sampled the solid foods of scholarship - the disinterested science that political institutions have tried for years to marginalize, ignore, or erase.

What does Mark Dery receive beyond keeping up perverse social appearances like those erected in years past by likes of Bill O’Reilly and Sean Hannity - major cheerleaders for the annihilation of countless souls in the post-9/11 regime-change wars?

Today, is it any wonder to academics who steadfastly refuse to betray the call of their vocation, no matter the cost, that such a criticism of Miller would be featured in a journal advocating for higher education?

For anyone in the education field who has witnessed larger forces of the corporate-state complex prevail upon academe and reengineer institutions over the past number of decades, it is impossible not to see the sort of friendly fascism that Bertram Gross had warned about in 1980 when he saw an emerging new order in which:


"More concentrated, unscrupulous, repressive, and militaristic control by a Big Business-Big Government partnership preserve[s] the privileges of the ultra-rich, the corporate overseers, and the brass in the military and civilian order"

-
Friendly Fascism (Gross, 1980) p. 167).

Gross showed plainly how public discourse controlled by the gatekeepers helps centers of power frame the reengineering of the social world as “reasonable” and inexorable because it is overtly friendly - to business - and, thus, integral to the logic of an efficient and free market.

The problem for public intellectuals like Miller who work tirelessly to preserve natural and civil rights is disarming the dissemblers and blind servants of power who come with a wink and a smile trying to reassure the masses to trust the plan.



Related: Confronting A Tyrannical System Without Firing A Single Shot

Since 9/11, the ethos of business as usual has been focused on normalizing the tyrannical demands of security as asserted by the transnational partnerships among “the corporate overseers and the brass in the military and civilian order” (Gross, 1980, p. 167).

Old Man Warner would be proud to see so many of his heirs today maintaining the lottery and asserting the need to follow hideous traditions no matter where they lead. Dery notes that:


"Extreme disbelief - a skepticism so radical it dismisses nearly every official narrative as propaganda - can make for strange bedfellows.”

In a sane world, this could not be any truer.


Related Articles:

Hide and Seek: How politicians seek to hide your information away

‘Dangerous’ New Wave of Censorship Culminating in the US: Dershowitz

DeSantis Signs Bill to Stop Big Tech Censorship of Floridians

Woke-a-Cola: How To Destroy A World-Leading Brand In 60 Seconds

Texas Governor Backs Bill Prohibiting Social Media Censorship of Conservative Speech

Banned Dr. Seuss Books Already Selling For Hundreds Of Dollars On Ebay

Amazon Quietly Bans Books Containing Undefined ‘Hate Speech’

Banned Dr. Seuss Books Already Selling For Hundreds Of Dollars On Ebay

How to Survive “Cancel Culture” When You Have Unpopular Opinions

Ever Expanding Censorship in the “Land of the Free”

The Culture Curators Want to Think for You

The Authoritarian Noose Tightens

Films, Videos, and Publications Classification (Urgent Interim Classification of Publications and Prevention of Online Harm) Amendment Bill

Biden Administration Urges Supreme Court to Allow Schools to Censor Student Expression Online

Harry Potter quiz cancelled at festival delving into cancel culture

Technocratic-Corporate-Covitocracy

Constitutional Lawyer Reveals Trump’s Killshot to Defeat Voter Fraud

Situation Update, Dec. 10th – Texas lawsuit with SCOTUS reveals pathway to instant victory for Trump

Texas Files Lawsuit Asks SCOTUS To Block 4 States From Participating in Electoral College

YouTube Bans Creators From Questioning 2020 Presidential Election; Bans Investigating Possible Fraud

Pennsylvania House Leaders File Brief to Support Texas in Supreme Court Lawsuit Against Pennsylvania

39 States Pick Sides in Texas Supreme Court Election Challenge

Election Supervisor Shows on Video How Dominion Software Allows Changing, Adding Votes

YouTube Starts Removing Election Fraud Content; Experts Say It’s Unprecedented

Inauguration Committee Fails to Pass Resolution Acknowledging Biden as President-Elect

C. J. Hopkins Explains How the Western Presstitutes Demonized President Trump

CEO's GRILLED over Whistleblower Evidence of De-platforming Collusion Between Big Tech

Sen. Hawley Reveals Secret Info From FB Whistleblower That Leaves Zuckerberg SPEECHLESS

YouTube Suspends Pro-Trump News Network OANN, Completely Demonetizes Channel Over Unlisted Video

Edward Snowden On Big Tech Companies, Like Facebook, Censoring & Controlling Information

Facebook Fact-Checker Funded by Chinese Money Through TikTok


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Pythagoras’ Theorem Has Been Upgraded To 3D And Now Requires A 120 Page Proof
June 19 2022 | From: WonderfulEngineering

The one theorem that almost anyone who has ever studied Mathematics remembers is the Pythagoras’ theorem.



It is the most well-known theorem for about 2,500 years now and has allowed the mankind to evolve in a myriad of ways.

Related: Sacred Geometry and the Art of Scriptural Writing

Its applications are limitless and range from construction to even evaluating the atomic structure of a crystal. However, up until now, it was bound to 2D only.

For the last 5 years, an aerospace and aeronautics engineer Luis Teia has been on a quest to understand the Pythagoras’ theorem in 3D. Using his paper, “Pythagoras triples explained via central squares” that was published in the 2015 edition of Australian Senior Mathematics Journal, he has derived the proof.



Related: The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?

Okay, sounds amazing but what on Earth does it really mean? Before we jump into the details, the 2D proof of the theorem required about half a page, right? For the 3D proof, a book of 120 pages is required – that’s how complex it is.

The geometrical part was drawn by making use of CAD and the algebra covers the 2/3rd of the book. Both, 2D and 3D, proofs are interconnected and the 3D proof is, in fact, built using the 2D one in a particular way.



Related: 50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

The right-hand side of the theorem is rotated by 90 degrees and the blue square transforms into a blue octahedron. For those who do not know, an octahedron is the 3D equivalent of a square.

This implies that while the 2D proof is based on squares, the 3D proof relies on octahedrons. One can spot the presence of 2D theorem by understanding that right-angle triangle (shaded) is present.

The 3D variables are in fact governed by the 2D. The detailed explanations can be found in Teia’s book,  X3+Y3=Z3: The Proof
.

The benefits of this? This recent understanding can help us in reaching an enhanced 3D version of our current geometry and would help mankind embark on our technological leap similar to the one that Pythagoras helped achieved about 2.5 millennia ago.


Related Articles:


How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

When Life Gets Too Complicated: Minimalist Living: How To Enjoy Life More With Less

Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends
June 18 2022 | From: ThePatterning / Various

You may have noticed that there’s been a fair amount of 80’s nostalgia hanging in the air for the past several years.



Many of the biggest pop songs seem to have just that right mix of retro drum machine beats and epic synthesizers - from Bruno Mars to Haim to Rihanna to Robyn to M8380’s movie remakes are everywhere these days - from 21 Jump Street to RoboCop to The Karate Kid to Ghostbusters. 80’s fashion is having a renaissance as well. And, you know… Stranger Things.

Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

There’s a reason that the culture of the 1980’s is experiencing a resurgence right now. Just as there’s a reason that we’re in the early days of getting more build-up of 90’s nostalgia. 

It’s not all that complicated, but it is a pattern that has profound consequences for how art is created, how we conceptualize culture, and perhaps even what sort of political rhetoric comes into vogue.

The pattern is this: pop culture is forever obsessed with a nostalgia pendulum that regularly resurfaces things from 30 years ago.


How Memory Shapes the World

There are a number of reasons why the nostalgia pendulum shows up, but the driving factor seems to be that it takes about 30 years for a critical mass of people who were consumers of culture when they were young to become the creators of culture in their adulthood.

The art and culture of their childhood (e.g. Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtle comics in 1984) helped them achieve comfort and clarity in their world, and so they make art that references that culture and may even exist wholly within that universe (e.g. the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles 2014 film reboot, 30 years later). 



Related: Hollywood Is Dying, And The Elites Don’t Care

Since most of the other fashionable creators around them also lived through the same period, they too indulge in the “new” nostalgic trend that’s being repurposed, creating a kind of feedback loop where all parties involved want to contribute more and more work that revives that same zeitgeist.

It can be explained equally well from the consumer side. After about 30 years, you’ve got a real market of people with disposable income who are nostalgic for their childhoods. So artists working in popular mediums are rewarded for making art that appeals to this audience.

Like many pop culture patterns, some aspects of this phenomenon are intentional, and some aspects are an organic product of the personal histories of the creators involved. Film studios and advertisers, for instance, often consciously use the nostalgia pendulum to build an audience’s emotional attachment with the release of something new.

On the flip side, the writers and toy makers and musicians who are creating the artifacts of culture really do have fondness and nostalgia for the themes of their childhood that they’re referencing.



Related: Michael J. Burry (The Weird Genius In The Movie “The Big Short”): “End The Lockdown” & Bill Gates Calls For A “Digital Certificate” To Identify Who Received COVID-19 Vaccine + AG Barr ‘Very Concerned’ Over Bill Gates’ ‘Digital Vaccine Certificates,’ Calls Lockdown Measures ‘Draconian,’ Wants Gone By May

So J.J. Abrams really was a kid during the summer of 1979 in which Super 8 is set. It just so happens that 1979 was 32 years prior to the film’s release in 2011, which means it also resonates with a broad market of newly financially solvent adults.

The nostalgia pendulum also matches up nicely with Walter Dean Burnham’s theory of critical realignment in U.S. elections.

Building on previous theories of realigning elections, he posits that, due to demographic changes like the ones described above, every 30-38 years, a critical election occurs that drastically changes the dominant political framework.

In these realignments, the ideology tends to oscillate between a focus on private interest and a focus on public interest. There seems to be general agreement that 2016 was not a realigning election, but a rhetoric of nostalgia certainly played a crucial role in the outcome of the 2016 election.



Related: Deep State? What About Elite Television News Anchors?

Slogans like “Make America Great Again” coupled with racist dog-whistle politics that makes references to things like “law and order” hearkens back to the Reagan era of 30 years ago and its antecedents.

Considering the grip that corporate power has held on the country for the last 30 years, and knowing that the majority of Americans think the distribution of wealth in this country is unfair, a rebound realignment toward a focus on public interest is not inconceivable.

This is only made more possible in light of the fact that the 45th president - who is clearly sitting in the oval office purely to make money - prompted the largest day of protest in U.S. history and currently has the highest disapproval rating of any newly elected president in U.S. history.


Show Me the Data

The nostalgia pendulum is a phenomenon I’ve been taking note of anecdotally for several years now, but I decided it was worth gathering some more evidence to support my hypothesis.

While all sorts of artistic mediums get remade, remixed, and adapted in this same 30-year cycle (hip hop beats reused in pop songs, comics turning into movies, books becoming plays, etc), film remakes are some of the most noticeable artifacts of this process.

I therefore decided to analyze over 500 film remakes from the past century to see if the nostalgia pendulum would rear its head out of the data [*]. Short answer: it did.

Related: Oliver Stone Warns Moviegoers: Beware Of Your Smartphones, 'This Will Be Our Undoing'

The far left side of this graph shows that many films get remade only a few years after the original. This is a kind of bandwagon effect, which in its most benevolent form can be attributed to multiple discovery (people coincidentally arriving independently at the same idea by tapping into the same cultural themes), and in its most capitalist interpretation is clearly market-driven (using the success of the original to make a few extra bucks by iterating on the same story, characters, or ideas).

That cluster on the left-hand side is also why twin films are so often released only months apart (think of Dante’s Peak vs. VolcanoAntz vs. A Bug’s Life,‪The Illusionist vs. ‪The Prestige, or (heaven help us) Unfriended vs. Friend Request).

However, it’s the next big cluster of remakes that concerns us here. If we include all the data, the average time-to-remake is 22.92 years, with the median at 24 years.

But, of course, those early bandwagon remakes skew things toward the lower end, masking that the next biggest cluster of remakes happens right at the next swing of the nostalgia pendulum - around 30 years after their original.


Prominent Examples of the Nostalgia Pendulum

Below, in order to drive this home with some examples you’ll recognize, I’ve included some famous remakes from the past 20 years that fit into the paradigm of the nostalgia pendulum.

The Parent Trap (1961 - 1998, 37 years)
Star Wars (1977) -> Star Wars: Episode I – The Phantom Menace (1999) - 22 years
Gone in 60 Seconds (1974-2000, 26 years)
Planet of the Apes (1968-2001, 33 years)
Carrie (1976-2002) — 26 years
Strawberry Shortcake Doll (1979) -> Strawberry Shortcake TV series (2003) - 23 years
Dawn of the Dead (1978-2004, 26 years)
King Kong (1933-1976, 43 years; 1976-2005, 29 years)
The Omen (1976-2006, 30 years)
Halloween (1978-2007, 29 years)
Raiders of the Last Ark (1981) -> Indiana Jones and the Kingdom of the Crystal Skull (2008) - 27 years
Fame (1980-2009, 29 years)
Tron (1982) -> Tron: Legacy (2010) - 28 years
Footloose (1984-2011, 27 years)
RoboCop (1987-2014, 27 years)
‪Jurassic Park (1993) -> ‪Jurassic World (2015) - 22 years
Ghostbusters (1984-2016, 32 years)
Beauty and the Beast (1991-2017, 26 years)


Stranger Things

As mentioned in the opening of this article, probably one of the most beautifully shameless culprits to intentionally exploit the nostalgia pendulum is the Netflix original series Stranger Things.

In this case, it wasn’t just a few people gathered in a room that decided which retro TV shows and movies to hearken back to. 

With Netflix’s recommender system at work gathering data on the preferences of all of its 93 million users, it’s very likely that a large number of the show’s influences were algorithmically determined. The result is a powerfully crafted piece of art with a somewhat terrifying degree of success.



Related: Stranger Things Based on a True Story Montauk Project

There’s a great side-by-side comparison video that shows just how exactly Stranger Things paid homage to its predecessors. For our purposes, here is a list of many of those influences and how long it was between their release and the release of Stranger Things (2016).

Dungeons & Dragons tabletop game (1974) - 42 years (reached popularity in late 70’s and early 80’s, which makes this closer to 30 years)
Close Encounters of the Third Kind (1977) - 39 years
Alien (1979) - 37 years
E.T. (1982) - 34 years
The Thing (1982) - 34 years
Poltergeist (1982) - 34 years
Firestarter (1984) - 32 years
A Nightmare on Elm Street (1984) - 32 years
Explorers (1985) - 31 years
The Goonies (1985) - 31 years
Stand By Me (1986) - 30 years


Everything Old Is New Again

This cyclical view of time and culture fits in with the broader sociological concept of social cycle theory.

It fits with the numerous cosmological, physical, and biological cycles that are observed in the universe around us. It fits with the Hindu and Buddhist concept of Kalachakra - the wheel of time. It fits with the concept of Eternal Return that spans countless cultures.

It’s important to note, however, that many of these theories do not discount the forward progress of time. We are in for quite a shock if we think that the next 30 years, as climate change continues to affect more and more of our daily life, will be like anything we have seen before.



Related: The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Still, there is a certain comfort in watching these cultural patterns come back around. The wheel of time rolls forward, yet remains steady on its axle. [*] Notes (nerdy thoughts to follow, continue at your own peril): 

My data source for comparing original and remake films was Wikipedia - List of film remakes (A–M) and List of film remakes (N–Z). Wikipedia can be a great resource for aggregated data, especially for non-controversial data like film release dates. And because there’s such a large community around Wikipedia, there are a number of export tools that can help you quickly grab the data from an article, no coding required.

In this instance, I used Wiki Table to CSV to get a CSV-formatted version of the table that displayed original and remake movies with their dates. After opening the CSV in Excel, I was able to use some FIND functions in Excel to extract the dates from between parentheses.

A little bit of clean-up, and voila! A nice, neat set of columns with a date for the original and a date for the remake of 533 titles. After that it’s just a subtraction function to get the difference between the year of the remake and the year of the original.



Related: Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

In the analysis, I always used the earliest original date listed, and if multiple remakes were listed, I tended toward using the date of the most famous remake (e.g. 12 Angry Men (1997) instead of 12 (2007)). In situations where I was less familiar with the film (certain foreign films, for instance) or there were 2 films of equal popularity, I chose the date of the earlier remake.

For the sake of my sanity I did not try to go through every film and figure out the month they were released and whether that impacted the number of years between original and remake. I therefore just subtracted one year from the other. Lastly, I made the histogram graph at Westa.net.

For anyone interested, the Excel spreadsheet with film data is here: film-remakes.xls


Related Articles:

Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

The Fight to Save America From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists, Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

Death By Hanging From A Doorknob - The Signature Of Pedophilia-Related Assassinations? Eleven People So Far - Who Knew Doorknobs Could Be So Deadly? & Pedophilia Is More Common Than You Think

How Society Kills Our Creativity – In A Breathtaking Award-Winning Short Film

Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest

The Secret Meaning of April Fool’s Day - Including: Bread And Circus, Medication And Conditioning, Omission And Denial

State Broadcaster Radio New Zealand Concealed Campaign To Change Linguistic Landscape Of New Zealand



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry
June 17 2022 | From: Geopolitics / Various

The precursor to the ongoing covert hybrid WW3 has its colorful beginnings in the Kingdom of Khazaria, a Turkic empire which had its epicenter center in what is now known as Ukraine.



Within minutes the false narrative of the Sarin attack in Syria was exposed as a hoax with fake pictures of rescuers with sneeze masks handling gas attack patients. Look in the background and you will probably find that shocked girl, the one crying at Sandy Hook, Boston and Paris, et al.

Comment: Before anyone takes an opportunity to have an anti-semitic hissy-fit - it should be made clear once again that it is the Zionists that hide withihn Judaism and uses it as a cover - that is the problem that we all face.

Related: Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom


Khazarians became known to surrounding countries as thieves, murderers, road bandits, and for assuming the identities ["name stealers"] of those travelers they murdered as a normal occupational practice and way of life.

800 AD - The Ultimatum is Delivered by Russia and Other Surrounding Nations

The leaders of the surrounding nations, especially Russia, have had so many years of complaints by their citizens that, as a group, they deliver an ultimatum to the Khazarian king.

They send a communique to the Khazarian king that he must choose one of the three Abrahamic religions for his people, and make it his official state religion and require all Khazarian citizens to practice it, and socialize all Khazarian children to practice that faith.

The Khazarian king was given a choice between Islam, Christianity and Judaism. The Khazarian king chose Judaism, and promised to stay within the requirements laid out by the surrounding confederacy of nations led by the Russian czar.

Despite his agreement and promise, the Khazarian king and his inner circle of oligarchs kept practicing ancient Babylonian black-magic, also known as Secret Satanism.

This Secret Satanism involved occult ceremonies featuring child sacrifice, after “bleeding them out”, drinking their blood and eating their hearts.

As opposed to most peoples today, the remnants of Khazaria don’t let bygones be bygones.

  They have been preparing for the big war. They have been infiltrating all of the institutions of the world.  


"The deep dark secret of the occult ceremonies was that they were all based on ancient Baal Worship, also known as worship of the Owl.

In order to fool the confederacy of nations led by Russia that were watching Khazaria, the Khazarian king melded these Luciferian black-magick practices with Judaism and created a secret Satanic-hybrid religion, known as Babylonian Talmudism.

This was made the national religion of Khazaria, and nurtured the same evil that Khazaria was known for before.

Sadly, the Khazarians continued their evil ways, robbing and murdering those from surrounding countries who traveled through Khazaria.

Khazarian robbers often attempted to assume their identities after they murdered these visitors, and became masters of disguises and false identities - a practice they have continued even to this very day, along with their child-sacrifice occult ceremonies, which are actually ancient Baal Worship."

Today, they are everywhere, and Russia’s battle is ours, too.



Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War [Ukraine]


The Truth About the Conflict With Russia


“The truth is incontrovertible. Malice may attack it, ignorance may deride it, but in the end, there it is.”

- Winston Churchill

The current conflict between the US and Russia is due to one simple reason: the Ashkenazim. They have a debt to settle with Russia. Allow us to forward a bit of chronological tables as we delve into the nitty-gritty behind the conflict.

The Ashkenazim are the descendants of the Gentile (Goy) Ashkenaz, the Japhetite.


“The sons of Japheth were Gomer, Javan… The sons of Gomer: Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.”

- Genesis 10:2,3

“By these were the isles of the Gentiles divided in their lands.”

- Genesis 10:5



Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

They are a resilient, roaming Turkic people. They have a knack for reinventing themselves. They first surfaced in world annals as the notoriously barbaric Scythians or Sakadeans, depending on regional phonetic.


“Here there is no Gentile or Judahite, circumcised or uncircumcised, barbarian, Scythian, slave or free, but Christ is all, and is in all.”

- Colossians 3: 11

The word Scythian or Sakadean comes from the word Saka – with its Iranian verbal root Sak, meaning to roam.

The Scythians settled Central Eurasia which they conquered with their Gentile brother Togarmath and various other cousins, expanding across a vast track of land that encompassed but was not limited to parts of present-day Turkey and Iran. Their Gentile brother Riphath along with their uncle Javan’s descendants settled in Greece.

Later on, they reinvented themselves and settled a land they would call Khazaria – from the word Qasar, with its Turkic root Qaz, meaning to roam – following the break-up of the western Turkish Steppe Empire.

Then the country converted en masse to Judaism/Pharisaism, sometime between 740 and 920 AD, just so they could remain independent of the two competing empires of that time, Christianity and Islam.


Judaism was the most actively proselytizing religion… The most significant mass conversion occurred in the 8th century, in the massive Khazar kingdom between the Black and Caspian seas,” explained Jewish historian Shlomo Sand.



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)

Then, Sviatoslav I of Kiev destroyed Khazaria around 1048 and absorbed it into Kievan Rus’, a territory that would later become part of the Russian Empire.

In Imperial Russia, the Ashkenazim were kept under tight control and enclosed in the Pale of Settlement. Something the Ashkenazim never forgave Russia.



Related: Victoria Nuland: Ukraine Has “Biological Research Facilities,” Worried Russia May Seize Them & Tucker Carlson On Secret US Biolabs In Ukraine - Why Are We Funding This?

Biding their time, they nurtured their hatred and plotted their revenge along with a new reinvention.

They became the power behind the heinous Bolsheviks who took over the Russian government in the 1910s, killed 66 million Christians, including 200,000 members of the Christian clergy, and destroyed 40,000 churches.


“You must understand, the leading Bolsheviks who took over Russia were not Russians. They hated Russians. They hated Christians. Driven by ethnic hatred they tortured and slaughtered millions of Russians without a shred of human remorse. It cannot be overstated.

Bolshevism committed the greatest human slaughter of all time.

The fact that most of the world is ignorant and uncaring about this enormous crime is proof that the global media is in the hands of the perpetrators,”
explained famed Christian Russian writer Alexandr Solzhenitsyn.



Solzhenitsyn with Putin

Related: An Honest Assessment Of Putin + Kremlin Publishes Full Megan Kelly Putin Interview - NBC Cut The Best Parts

The great majority of these vicious Bolsheviks were Ashkenazi Jews such as Vladimir Lenin, Leon Trosky, Lev Kamenev, Gregory Zinoviev, Yakov Sverdlov, and Grigory Sokolnikov.

They were financed by Ashkenazi bankers from New York and London, such as Rothschild Bank and Jacob Schiff of Kuhn and Loeb & Co., who themselves championed the destructive ideology of the Ashkenazi Karl Marx, and found it profitable to invest in Communism’s disastrous conquest of Russia, while making a few bucks in the process by plundering the country via well placed agents who would later be known as “oligarchs“.

Russia’s entire Soviet Empire collapsed in 1991. Thus the Ashkenazim succeeded in bringing Russia to its knees.

Revenge Round 1. Done.



Khazaria overlapped Ukraine & Crimea

Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

Today, Russia is under fire for the conflict in Ukraine. A conflict that was started by the neocon Ashkenazi Victoria Nuland in the US State Department, with her neocon Ashkenazi husband Robert Kagan working in the background via powerful organizations such as Project for a New American Century, the Brookings Institution, and Council on Foreign Relations.

The Ashkenazi George Soros also contributed financially to the Ukrainian Maidan “Revolution”.


“Many of the participants in Kiev’s ‘EuroMaidan’ demonstrations were members of Soros-funded NGOs and/or were trained by the same NGOs in the many workshops and conferences sponsored by Soros’ International Renaissance Foundation (IRF), and his various Open Society institutes and foundations.

The IRF, founded and funded by Soros, boasts that it has given ‘more than any other donor organization’ to ‘democratic transformation’ of Ukraine,”
wrote William F. Jasper in The New American.

In other words, the Ashkenazim or the Jewish neocons are goading the Russian bear by wagging the American dog. The dog can’t really decline because AIPAC has it by the groin, bribing equally both the Republicans and the Democrats, who are nothing but political whores willing to betray their country and risk the peace of the world.



And remember, AIPAC is controlled by powerful Ashkenazi-American business leaders.

Their sole purpose is to destroy Russia once again by starting a fire in its underbelly, Ukraine. A fire they’re planning to spread into Russia proper via military and economic warfare.

Why? Because Russia has had the gall to rise from its still warm Ashkenazi-induced ashes. And because Russia has had the temerity to arrest their well placed thieving agents known as “oligarchs”, with some fleeing the country.

And because Russia has had the audacity to impede the American war on Syria, which was orchestrated by AIPAC for the benefit of Israel.



Related: Why Confronting Israel Is Important: The Jewish State Is No Friend

Revenge Round 2. In progress.

After the destruction of Khazaria, the Ashkenazim scattered East and West throughout Europe and reinvented themselves as Errant Jews or Wandering Jews – meaning Roaming (Khazarian / Sakadean or Scythian) Jews. That label had nothing to do with a longing for Palestine but a longing for Khazaria or perhaps a longing for a new land, any new land.

Here’s an excerpt from Wikipedia:


In 1903 Theodore Herzl presented the British Uganda Program at the Sixth Zionist Congress in Basel.

In the late 1930s, the British Zionist League considered a number of other places where a Jewish homeland could be established. The Kimberley region in Australia was considered until the Curtin government (in office: 1941–1945) rejected the possibility.

With the support of the then Premier of Tasmania, Robert Cosgrove (in office from 1939), Critchley Parker proposed a Jewish settlement at Port Davey, in south west Tasmania. Parker surveyed the area, but his death in 1942 put an end to the idea.

The Jewish Autonomous Oblast set up in the Russian Far East in 1934, represented a Soviet approach to providing a Jewish homeland."


Related: Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now

In the wake of World War 2, a great number reluctantly assimilated themselves throughout the Americas. However, the great majority migrated to Palestine where they created many terrorist groups such as the Irgun, the Stern gang, and Haganah.

They terrorized the Palestinian population, killed thousands upon thousands, and forced hundreds of thousands out of their homes and into neighboring Arab countries.

Consequently, they stole Palestine and renamed it Israel in order to reinvent themselves as Hebrews and hoodwink gullible Christians in the West.


“It is certain that there is no ethnic or racial continuum between the Biblical Israelites and the (Ashkenazic) Khazarians who lead the Jewish state,”
explained Gilad Atzmon, Jewish writer and musician.

In their adoptive countries outside of Israel, including the US and Europe, the Ashkenazim have become financial and influential powerhouses, not because they’re Jews – at heart the majority of them are really not religious at all and couldn’t care less – but because they’re a shrewd people.

They have learned much from their roaming throughout history, and they assimilate themselves fast and hard. They’re the ultimate Nomads.

Was this on Putin’s mind?

Related: 95.7% of Crimeans Give The Finger To The White House Tyrant

Now could it be that, after two successive ideological failures in the forms of Communism and the current slow-motion destruction of Zionism in Israel, somewhere deep inside the minds of die-hard Ashkenazi leaders lies a plan for a new reinvention?

Will that reinvention be the re-conquest of their Khazar Khaganate – a land that is situated deep inside Russia and encompasses Ukraine and Crimea? Is that why Putin suddenly reattached Crimea to Russia?

Could it be that the Ashkenazim’s plan is to take back and re-settle their ancient Khazaria after the Downfall of Apartheid Israel?

Is it why the duly elected President of Ukraine was forcibly removed in order to install a puppet government with a new [then] Prime Minister named Arseniy Yatsenyuk, who according to The Guardian is playing down his Jewish roots (Arseniy Yatsenyuk was recently replaced by another Jew, Volodymyr Groysman)? Will they be okay with just Ukraine? Revenge Round 3? If so, prepare for World War 3.

“I saw the prosperity of the wicked… Their strength is firm… Pride serves as their necklace; Violence covers them like a garment… This is what the wicked are like - always free of concern as they go on amassing wealth... Surely (Lord) You place them on slippery ground… How suddenly they fall and are destroyed, completely swept away by terrors!” - Psalm 73:2,4,6,12,18,19



Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power


Bolshevik Revolution:


The Jewish Bolsheviks who took over the Russian government in the 1910s, killed 66 million Christians, including 200,000 members of the Christian clergy, and destroyed 40,000 churches.

World War 1: Britain was losing the war against Germany. The Zionists stepped in and bribed President Wilson to get the US into the war to help them. In return, the Jews asked the British Empire to deed them Palestine to create Israel. Their wish was granted in the form of the Balfour Declaration of 1917, which cost the world 18 million dead.

World War 2: The Zionists fomented that war (just like they’re doing today with Iran and other countries in the Middle East), so that European Jews could feel threatened.

The deception worked as European Jews fled in droves to Palestine and took over the homes of Palestinians, who were evicted at gunpoint and then either massacred or driven out of their land into neighboring Arab countries.

With enough Jews on the ground, Israel was created in 1948 at a cost of 80 million dead.



Related: The Truth about the Conflict with Russia

World War 3: Will the Zionists succeed in bringing the world once again to the brink of disaster to create Greater Israel? If they do, will it instead bring about their downfall? Apartheid Israel is truly a scourge. A cancer that needs to be dealt with.

Appeal: Every conscientious individual should implement a personal boycott of Israel and everything made there.

This ancient practice of “virgin offerings,” which continue even today, is based on Baal Worship, or the Worship of the Owl.

The Worship of the Owl is the key ritual at the Bohemian Grove where most leaders of the United States congregate to plot the direction of their rule.



Related: Lucifer Revisited: The Testimony Of Eracidni Murev Te & Christopher Lee Describes The Power Of Satanic Rituals In 1975 Video

Can you see the Big Owl in Washington DC?



Related: 6 out of 6: ALL of Syria's UNESCO Heritage Sites damaged or destroyed during civil war

We have also seen how ISIS destroyed all of the ancient relics in Palmyra, Syria, which included the UNESCO protected Arch of Triumph, or Baal Shamin, “a temple dedicated to worshiping the Phoenician god of storms and rainfall only to find them displayed in New York, UK and recently Saudi Arabia.


"Arch of Baal" Erected Today in New York City






Temple of Baal




A recreation of Palmyra’s Arch of Triumph was unveiled in New York almost a year after Islamic State militants destroyed the original structure.

The 1,800-year-old Roman arch was blown up by the extremist group last October, but a team of archeologists at Oxford University’s Institute for Digital archeology (IDA) set about recreating it, in an act of resistance to Isis’s rampant acts of cultural destruction in Iraq and Syria.



A recreation of the Palmyra arch, a Roman arch destroyed by Isis, goes on display at City hall Park in New York Photograph: Raya Jalabi for the Guardian

Related: Replica of Syrian arch destroyed by Isis unveiled in New York City

Obviously, they don’t have to carry it over to France.



Related: Russia Gate Goes Down In History As A Remarkable Display Of American Stupidity + Barr ‘Right’ To Say ‘Spying’ Occurred On Trump Campaign

As an aside, recent medical research has found out that injecting blood from teens reverses aging, which should explain why children continue to disappear around the world even today.


"Injecting blood from young people into old mice improves the mice’s brain power and leads to increased physical activity, according to new research. The finding could lead to breakthroughs for people suffering from degenerative conditions such as Alzheimer’s Disease.

The findings, which have yet to be peer-reviewed, were presented at the Society for Neuroscience annual meeting in San Diego, California on Monday, the New Scientist reports."

- Injecting Old Mice with Blood of Teenage Humans Reverses Aging – Study

We don’t have to resort to cannibalism and suck in some amounts of blood from some virgins just to reclaim our youth. Just read the entire linked article, when you have the time, as the real science behind the anti-aging effects is laid in simple terms.

The destruction of the old Baal tower in Palmyra only suggests that some Jewish benefactors of ISIS don’t want the Syrian people to remember that they were once part of the tradition.

The Goyim must be restricted to the religion of subservience, of self-sacrifice, that is fundamentally embedded in the Catholic doctrine, while they, the Rulers of the World, continue to live and worship Baal, the two towers of Hegelian Dialectic, to pit everyone against each other, to divide and conquer the people for all eternity, neither of which should led to enlightenment and the freedom of the individual.

Although Putin can be seen inside Christian churches lighting candles, or even visited the Pope at the height of the efforts to reform the Vatican Bank in the aftermath of the massive resignations of banking CEOs [here], it doesn’t mean that he is already a conscript like the Pope would have wanted him to be. He is just playing politics like any politicians do. But his Oriental indoctrination should play largely into his decision-making, too.

The age-old conflict can only be resolved when one is completely decimated. The ultimate destruction of the world may befall on humanity should they allow the Khazarian Askhenazi Jewry to win.

Otherwise, if humanity makes the effort and topple the enemy, only then will man’s horizon could broaden itself and allow the exploration of the unlimited possibilities of his being.


Related Articles:

FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

The True Cost Of Israel + The Reality Of Zionist Control


CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

John Podesta Admits In Testimony Both DNC And Hillary Campaign Split The Cost For Bogus Trump-Russia Dossier That Launched The Coup + Attorney Clevenger Alleges Office Of DNI Has Communications Between Seth Rich And WikiLeaks – Russia Collusion A Lie!

Trump Carries Out Sting Operation Against Coup Plotters Via UkraineGate & Justice Department To Question Brennan In ‘Spygate’ Inquiry

Explained: The 'Incriminating' Call Between Trump And Zelensky + Once-Secret Memos Cast Doubt On Joe Biden's Ukraine Story

Oliver Stone Exposes US Coup d’etat In Ukraine

Government Of Ukraine Collapses


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Four Reasons To Break A Sweat
June 16 2022 | From: GreenMedInfo / Various

Your body has a natural, powerful, built-in system for detoxification that doesn't require trendy juice cleanses or expensive protocols. All you have to do is sweat!



Doctors, health experts, and fitness gurus tell us that we should break a sweat every day – and for good reason.

Related:
Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind

While sweating has a host of benefits simply because it’s a result of health-boosting exercise, the act of sweating itself heals the body as well. Whether you’re sitting in a sauna, walking on a warm day, or working out, sweating is a necessary bodily function with powerful healing effects.

Specifically, more studies are emerging lauding the detoxifying abilities of sweat. By clearing out a range of toxins, from persistent organic pollutants (POPs) to heavy metals, sweat plays an essential role in your body’s natural detox function. Let’s look at some of the toxins that are cleared from your body when you sweat:



1. Persistent Organic Pollutants (Solvents, Fumigants, and Insecticides):

A clinical study with 20 participants found that sweat samples contained a range of toxins, including pesticides DDT / DDE, endosulfan, methoxychlor, and endrin. In fact, nearly all parent compounds of pesticides were found in the samples studied, which shows that sweating is an effective way of diminishing your body’s toxic burden.



Related: Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

Additionally, the sweat sample contained some pesticides – including DDT, methoxychlor, and endrin - that were not present in the blood or urine samples collected from the same participant, suggesting that some pesticides are only mobilized and excreted through sweating.


2. Phthalate (Plasticizer):

Phthalate, found in plastic products, is another toxic chemical that is removed through sweat. In one study, researchers evaluated blood, sweat, and urine samples from 20 individuals, and discovered that all subjects had mono(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (MEHP), a common phthalate, in each of the samples.

The concentrations of this compound in sweat were more than twice as high as urine levels, showing that sweating may be the most effective way of ridding your body of this endocrine-disrupting compound.


3. Heavy Metals;

One study with 20 patients reported that when compared to urine, sweat contained about 24 times more cadmium, 19 times more nickel, 16 times more lead, and almost three times more aluminum. Overall, sweat proved more effective than urine at removing 14 out of the 18 heavy metals studied. It also contained larger quantities of 16 out of the 18 metals than the blood samples did.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Glyphosate Herbicide And Toxic Heavy Metals Act Like "Binary Weapon" To Destroy Kidneys & Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause

Of all the metals, aluminum was found at the highest concentrations in sweat, with zinc, copper, and nickel also occurring at relatively high amounts in the studied samples.



4. Bisphenol A (BPA):


Researchers examined the blood, urine, and sweat of 20 participants for BPA, an endocrine-disrupting toxin found in canned foods and plastic water bottles, among other things. Of the 20 sweat samples collected, 16 contained BPA, while only 14 urine and 2 blood samples tested positive for the toxin.

Not only does this reveal that sweat is the most effective way of removing BPA build-up in the body, it also shows that testing blood or urine for toxicity levels may not present the whole picture.



Related: Chemical Exposure Linked To Rising Diabetes, Obesity Risk
 
When it comes time to break a sweat, there are a host of activities that you can choose from. The majority of exercises and sports will get you sweaty: running/brisk walking, swimming, Bikram yoga, tennis, basketball – the list goes on.

A low impact option is spending time in a sauna. When comparing an infrared sauna to a steam sauna, researchers found that the sweat from the infrared sauna contained more bismuth, cadmium, chromium, mercury, and uranium. The steam sauna caused higher levels of arsenic, aluminum, cobalt, copper, manganese, nickel, lead, tin, thallium, and zinc to be excreted.

It’s important to note that hydration is essential in maximizing the health benefits listed above. Sweating has powerful effects on your health, but not hydrating properly during and after sweating will lead to a host of separate health problems.



Related: Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

An easy rehydration guideline to follow is to weigh yourself directly before and after sweating – the weight lost is the amount of water you should drink after to rehydrate yourself. For reference, one pound of water is slightly less than a ½ liter.

Additionally, sweat contains minerals that are essential to keep your body functioning optimally. After activities where you sweat excessively, it’s important to replace the minerals lost, especially zinc, copper, selenium, chromium, and potassium. Coconut water is a great source of potassium, and nuts, seafood, whole grains, and legumes generally contain relatively high levels of zinc, copper, selenium, and chromium.

Next time you feel yourself tempted to stay on the couch instead of going for a run, or opt to stay in the air conditioning instead of spending time in a sauna, think of all the “sweaty” benefits that you’re not getting! Breaking a sweat might seem like pain, but it’s worth it to keep your internal detox systems healthy and well-functioning.

For more research on the benefits of detoxification, please see the GreenMedInfo Research Dashboard.


Related Articles:

Why Touching Receipts Can Harm Your Health

The Remedy For True Health & The True Origin Of Vaccines

Transgenic Wars - How GMOs Impact Livestock And Human Health Around The Globe

Willful Ignorance: Why We Stay Oblivious To Facts That Threaten Our Health And The Planet

MMS: The latest Health Restoration Newsletter: 'The Controversial Healing Cure'

Five Valid Reasons To Stop Using Aluminium - Aluminium Is Toxic To All Life Forms



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Iron Rules Of Medicine
June 15 2022 | From: DrSircus / Various

There are just too many professionals out there who just do not have a clue to what is going on in their patient`s lives and that is because they fail to acknowledge and study the Iron Rules of Medicine.



I spoke to a patient the other day who was seeing a doctor, one who is not enemies with natural medicine, who recommended antibiotics to a 69-year-old patient with multiple complaints including kidney infection. The patient instantly discontinued treatments with this antibiotic recommending doctor.

Related: New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

I did not have to break my arm to stick a pH strip in the patient`s mouth and to count how many breaths she was taking in a minute’s time. Her breathing rate was 30 (amazing she already did not have cancer) and her saliva pH was 5.

Want to get ahead of your doctor and learn some of the iron rules of medicine?


Iron Rule Number One

Breathing and oxygen are the foundations for life and health. Oxygen is our most important nutrient and yet when prescribed in a hospital it is a drug.

Most of us never thought that we also eat with our noses meaning the food/nutrient we need most comes in through our nasal passages.




Related: Iodine Supplement

What do we learn from these two simple tests mentioned above? What gets revealed is a person`s approximate oxygen levels, carbon dioxide levels, cellular energy levels (voltage) as well as pH (she was intensely acid.)

Doctors do not know that the faster a person breathes the lower their oxygen, CO2 / bicarbonate levels, pH and voltage go. Fast breathing gets one nowhere except closer to chronic disease, cancer and earlier than wanted death.

How is an antibiotic going to help this 69-year-old woman recover from low energy, oxygen, CO2 and high acidity levels that provide excellent breeding grounds for microbes of all types. Understand that there are fundamental reasons we get infections.

Low oxygen, CO2, cellular energy and too high acidity are breeding grounds for infections. What is the point with antibiotics when they do not treat the underlying cause of infection?

Iron Rule Number Two

Do not poison the patient
. People who resort to poison to help people are desperate, ignorant or arrogant.



Related: Cancer Industry Now Admits That Chemo And Radiation Treatments Generate Huge Repeat Business & Repeat Profits

Poisoning people should be against the law but it isn’t if you do it with a doctor’s prescription. Botox is an obvious example yet unfortunately every pharmaceutical, even aspirin, are toxic poisons that cause death in staggering numbers.


Iron Rule Number Three

Conflict and stress are common and real causes of disease including cancer. They have their correspondences in the brain and in all organ systems.

Stress dominates both our breathing patterns and how our hearts beat - beat for beat - meaning stress lays itself out in what is called Heart Rate Variability (HRV).

The higher the stress the tighter the variability between in and every heartbeat. As we flatline, meaning each beat is the same, we flatline in life because of death threatening conflicts and stress. Vulnerable hearts are flexible dancing on each moment of life. Pathologies of the vagus nerve are measurable with HRV.

Dr. R. G. Hamer and his New Medicine spoke of an ‘Iron Rule of Cancer’ in 1981. He mistakenly perceived that every cancer or cancer-like disease originates with a Dirk Hamer Syndrome (‘DHS’) which is a very difficult highly acute, dramatic and isolating shock that affected the psyche,the brain and certain organs.



Related: The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It

I say mistakenly because, though he might be correct in most or many cases of cancer it is certainly not the case in all cancers. High levels of radiation or of heavy metals like mercury can also bring on cancer with or without psychological damage and intense stress.

Chemotherapy and radiation therapy, as well as many other toxic shocks are also known to bring on cancer as are massive mineral deficiencies in the body.

It is true that in most cases symptoms of disease are expressions of psychological conflicts, and can only be healed when the patient is aware of what is behind the problem.

Iron Rule Number Four

Hydration levels are crucial for health for adults and children alike. Dehydration is one of the most overlooked and basic causes of disease.

The minute hydration levels decline oxygen transport and utilization decline, cell voltage declines, the body becomes more acidic, and the more toxins build up because they cannot be eliminated from the body with efficiency.



Related: How Baking Soda Became A Cancer Treatment + Oncologists Don’t Like Baking Soda Cancer Treatment Because It’s Too Effective And Too Cheap

All functions within the body require the presence of water. A well hydrated body enables these functions to occur quickly and efficiently.


Iron Rule Number Five

“It seems clear that light is the most important environmental input, after food, in controlling bodily function,” reported Richard J. Wurtman, a nutritionist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Without enough sun or administration of sufficient vitamin D we get sick, inflammation takes over our body, and eventually die.



Related: The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

One of the greatest triggers of influenza, the swine flu and deaths from pulmonary deficiency is vitamin D deficiency.

One of the biggest reviews of the role of vitamin D in health found that people who took supplements of the vitamin for six years reduced their risk of dying from all causes.

Studies have already suggested that vitamin D played a key role in protecting against cancer, heart disease and diabetes - conditions that account for 60 to 70 per cent of all deaths in the West.

Some researchers believe that up to 75% of the United States population may not be getting enough vitamin D. Sun exposure improves immune system function.


Iron Rule Number 6

Mineral deficiencies cause disease as well as cancer. Humans are very much like plants. We need light, water, oxygen, CO2 and minerals. Minerals are the building blocks of our bodies.

They are required for body structure, fluid balance, protein structures and to produce hormones.

They are a key for the health of every body system and function. They act as co-factors, catalysts or inhibitors of all enzymes in the body.




Related: The Remedy For True Health & The True Origin Of Vaccines

In the absence of certain trace minerals, various heavy metals are more likely to accumulate. Minerals create safety buffers against toxic metals.

Minerals provide the spark for many of the body’s cellular processes and keep them running efficiently. Without these finely-tuned chemical reactions no organism can function.

Radiation damages our bodies by breaking the chemical bonds in our cells. The amount of damage done depends not only on how much radiation we are exposed to but also very much on how mineral deficient we are.

According to the
National Foundation for Cancer Research the value of minerals as part of an anticancer diet is frequently overlooked.


Related Articles:

Main Reasons Iodine Supplementation is Essential

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Nature’s Prozac: Nutrition For Mental Health
June 14 2022 | From: NaturalBlaze / Various

In a pill-popping world, the idea of simply providing your brain and body with what it needs for mental health is nothing short of revolutionary.




1 in 5 Westerners currently takes one or more psychiatric drugs on a daily basis.

Related: Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression


“Psychiatric medications are among the most widely prescribed and biggest-selling class of drugs in the US.

In 2010, Americans spent $16.1 billion on anti-psychotics to treat depression, bipolar disorder and schizophrenia, $11.6 billion on antidepressants and $7.2 billion on treatment for ADHD, according to IMS Health, which tracks prescription drug sales.”

-
Source

Psychiatric drugs can cause many horrible side effects, some of which are worse than the original condition they were intended to treat. In fact, there is a very clear link between psychiatric medications and the violent actions of the “mass shooters” over the past few years. In many cases, these drugs are harmful and unnecessary.

Caveat lector: I’m not a doctor, nor do I play one on TV. The contents of this article are not meant to replace medical advice. The data presented is for informational purposes only.

There is a theory that most (and some say all) mental illnesses are caused by nutritional deficiencies. The brain is a miraculous creation that must be properly fueled in order to function correctly. Feeding your brain (and body) empty chemically created calories is akin to putting diesel fuel into a gasoline engine.

It sputters and grinds to a halt, and the contamination must be thoroughly flushed out of the system for it to work properly again. Vehicles come with differently shaped fuel-filler openings, to make it difficult to put in the wrong fuel.

Human beings, unfortunately, are not equipped with this type of mechanism and can therefore stuff anything and everything into their mouths and hope their body recognizes it as fuel.


Back to the Brain:

The brain uses 20-30% of a person’s daily caloric intake for the day. If you don’t consume enough calories, verbal fluency, problem solving ability and motivation are affected first. Then bodily functions are decreased in reverse order of necessity for life.

Your brain requires essential fatty acids to maintain proper function. This is one of the many reasons that extreme low-fat diets are not healthy. Fatty acids are required to maintain connections between neurons.

A lack of N3 (aka Omega-3) fatty acids may cause learning and motor disabilities, and may damage the passage of dopamine and serotonin in the frontal cortex. The most vital EFAs are 3, 6, and 9.

Dopamine and serotonin are both crucial to mental health. Dopamine affects the brain processes that control voluntary movements, emotional responses, and the ability to register pleasure and pain. Serotonin is known as the feel-good neurotransmitter. This chemical is related to the ability to resist impulses.



Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

Serotonin (or lack thereof) plays a major role in things like depression, suicide, impulsive behavior, mood control, and aggression. The basic premise is that if these chemicals are not being properly transported in your brain, your mental health could suffer.

A lack of Vitamin D has been linked to depression, schizophrenia, dementia, Parkinson’s disease, and Alzheimer’s disease. Research has suggested that Vitamin D is in actuality a neuroactive steroid, a chemical that is targeted by certain SSRI antidepressants. A lack of Vitamin D can negatively affect the transport of Dopamine.

The best source of Vitamin D is sunlight absorbed through the skin. This may explain the prevalence of depression in the winter, particularly in regions that receive less direct sunlight.

Niacin (Vitamin B3) is an effective treatment for depression, anxiety, schizophrenia and insomnia. In the textbook Orthomolecular Psychiatry, David Hawkins, M.D. and Linus Pauling, Ph.D. outline the protocol for a niacin regimen for mental health. Although this particular book targets the treatment of schizophrenia, the niacin treatment is the same for other mental health issues.

The body cannot store niacin, so it’s important to take this supplement every day. A great resource for information about Niacin can be found here. Here’s how it works:


“In the brain, low levels of the neurotransmitter serotonin are associated with depression. One of the building blocks of serotonin is the amino acid tryptophan, and one of the building blocks of tryptophan is niacin. Tryptophan also helps the body supply itself with niacin.

If tryptophan is divided between serotonin production and niacin production, serotonin production is likely to be inadequate. Supplemental niacin and tryptophan can improve symptoms of depression."

- Source

Instructions for finding the correct dosage of niacin can be found here.


Other Mental Health Aids

There are loads of mental health remedies out there. Some natural ones include HTTP-5, St. John’s Wort, valerian root and passionflower.

Many people swear by the efficacy of these herbs, but few studies have been funded to confirm the validity of these claims.



Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

(Think about it – it isn’t cost effective for the pharmaceutical companies because you can’t patent a plant! Supplements containing tyrosine and phenylalanine are said to help with the transport of serotonin and dopamine, as well.

Other vitamins and minerals that are important to mental health are: Vitamin E, Folate (another B vitamin), Magnesium, Calcium, Zinc, Chromium, B12 and B6.


Eating for Good Mental Health

The first line of defense against mental health issues should always be nutritional. Take a good look at your diet and contemplate the fuel you are putting into your body.

Clean out the toxins, ditch the chemical “food-like substances” lurking in your home, and start with good solid nutrition from REAL sources.

Once you’ve made the required adjustments to your diet, start a food/mood journal. It’s very likely you will begin to see a link between certain foods and your state of mind. Around the holidays or when I’m on vacation, sometimes I’ve found myself in a funk; and, generally speaking, I’ve been eating things I don’t normally consume.

Certain foods seem to trigger this for me, particularly commercial bread products. You may discover that the issue is as much about what you avoid as it is about what you eat.



Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

From a preparedness aspect, we know that if the SHTF, we will be undergoing a lot more stress than we do in our current day to day lives.

This tough time could be anything from a job loss to a natural disaster to an economic collapse. It’s vitally important to stock up on foods that promote good mental health, as well as stockpiling vitamins and supplements that can assist you nutritionally in dealing with stressful situations.

Following are some sources of the most important nutrients for good mental health. I take vitamins, but I take them as a SUPPLEMENT – meaning, I try very hard to meet my nutritional needs with food first and foremost.

The human body is a marvelous creation, and it works better when fueled with food and just “topped up” with vitamins. This list is not meant to be comprehensive – it’s just a starting point for your pantry and garden planning.


Niacin [Which is also helful for addiction recovery]

Meat
Spelt
Fish
Bran (Wheat and Rice)
Peanuts
Marmite
Beans

Vitamin D (There are few food sources of this – the #1 way to get it is synthesized from sunshine)

Egg Yolk
Sardines
Tuna
Beef Liver
Cod Liver Oil
Swiss Cheese

EFAs

Nuts (Walnuts, Almonds, Peanuts, Pecans, Pistachio, Cashews, Hazelnuts, Macadamia)
Beef
Pumpkin and Squash Seeds
Hemp Seeds and Hemp Seed Oil
Avocados
Olives and Olive Oil
Oily Fish (Halibut, Salmon, Mackerel, Sardines, Tuna)
Flax Seeds
Scallops
Shrimp

Tyrosine

Soy products (make sure they are organic!)
Meat
Fish
Dairy
Seaweed
Egg whites

Vitamin E

Sunflower Seeds
Greens (Turnip Greens, Chard, Mustard Greens, Collards, Spinach)
Bell Peppers
Papaya
Asaparagus
Almonds

Folate

Poultry
Venison
Potatoes
Cod
Halibut
Spinach
Bananas
Sunflower Seeds

Magnesium

Dark Chocolate
Molasses
Edamame (be sure it’s organic – high risk of GMOs, otherwise!)
Bran (wheat, rice and oat)
Squash and Pumpkin Seeds
Flax Seeds
Sesame Seeds
Sunflower Seeds
Almonds
Cashews


Calcium

Dairy Products (especially yogurt)
Sardines
Salmon
Tofu (organic!)
Collard Greens
Spinach
Molasses

Vitamin B12

Clams
Beef
Oysters
Poultry
Crab
Salmon
Trout

Zinc

Dark chocolate
Oysters
Beef
Lamb
Yogurt
Shitake Mushrooms
Peanuts
Pumpkin and Squash Seeds
Crab
Chicken
Wheat Germ
Kidney Beans

Chromium

Onions
Tomatoes
Brewer’s Yeast
Oysters
Whole Grains
Potatoes
Beer
Wine

B6

Greens (Turnip Greens, Chard, Mustard Greens, Collards, Spinach)
Bell Peppers
Mushrooms
Cruciferous Vegetables (Cauliflower, Broccoli, Brussels Sprouts)
Tomatoes
Poultry
Cantaloupe
Pineapple
Venison



Related Articles:

The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness

Why Anti-Authoritarians Are Diagnosed As Mentally Ill


The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream

Non-Addictive Natural Pain Killer Kratom Relieves Chronic Pain, Depression


Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

Doctor gets 18 years for helping people with plants while child-raping cop gets 3 years

The Drugs May Be The Problem - Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Real Green Glossary: FAQ & The Great “Global Warming / Climate Change” Alarm Is Part Of The WEF’s “Great Reset”
July 13 2022 | From: BreakingViews / GlobalResearch / NZPCR / Various

The innovative manipulation and misuse of the English language is the proudest achievement of that new breed of media entertainers - ‘climate change journalists.’



Attuned to a post-modern society where truth is in the eye of the beholder, reportage of climate science is dominated by fudge and misdirection.

Related: Swiss Reject Climate Change With Zoomers And Millennials Leading The Way

Even the Green Prince has become so confused that he is to publish his own Glossary. The UK Telegraph reports:


"The Prince of Wales will on Thursday launch a "green glossary" for farmers after warning that environmental jargon is so obscure that it can harm efforts to combat climate change."
He said it was vital that everyone "speaks the same language”… 

The vocabulary being used by NGOs and scientists was “so hard to understand it even appeared to have been deliberately chosen to hide real meanings.”

That is clearly a step forward – but how are non-farmers to cope?

The following FAQ is a first attempt to fill this vacuum:


1. Does “Climate Change” Mean Changes in the Climate?

No.
It means dangerous anthropogenic global warming (DAGW); ie a sharp increase in the global mean surface temperature (GMST) arising from changes in the atmosphere caused by human activities.

The term that climate scientists now use for actual experienced long-term changes in temperatures, rainfall, sunshine hours, etc is “climate variation”.


2. What Does “Scientists Say” Mean?

Nothing
. There are millions of scientists and they all say different things. When used by a reputable journalist, it should mean the consensus view in Assessment Reports published by the UN-sponsored Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).

These reports are generally signed off by most of the world’s governments.



Related: ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures


3. Is the Planet Warming?

Yes.
Over the last 50 years, it has been warming at an average rate of 0.12°C per decade. Since the end of the Little Ice Age in about 1850, the GMST has increased by 1.1°C. At present rates of change, it will increase by a further 0.9°Ç by 2100.


4. Is Planetary Warming Unusual?

No.
Since the last glaciation, GMST has fluctuated constantly (it is always either warming or cooling). There are known and unknown regular oscillations caused by planetary orbits, the brightness/magnetic activity of the sun, volcanic and tectonic activity, migrations of ocean currents, etc.

The Medieval Warm Period (MWP) was warmer than now but, around 1150 AD, was followed by the Little Ice Age (LIA) which persisted until about 1850.


5. Is Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide Increasing?

Yes.
It is currently estimated to be 0.0042% of the atmosphere, or 420 parts-per-million (ppm) and is currently increasing at an average rate of 2 ppm, as a result of increased emissions from human activities.

The atmospheric concentration of CO2 was at a record low of 280 ppm in 1850 and the increase did not have any evident impact on world climate until it exceeded 330 in about 1950.



Check out the third planet to from the left. You live there. Do you yet see the size of the lie?

Related: Climate Intervention: A Government Cover-Up Of Epic Proportions


6. Do Humans Contribute to Global Warming?

Yes.
Humans make infinitesimally small contributions in myriad ways, but mainly by increasing natural emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs) and by land use change.

The extent of the “advanced greenhouse effect” contribution is unproven and highly controversial.


7. Does Nature Contribute to Global Warming?

Yes.
The extent of natural variability and forcing is the subject of a thousand opinions but has never been officially assessed. The remit of the IPCC is restricted to human-caused warming.

While the consensus IPCC opinion is that human activities cause “most” observed warming, sceptics believe natural effects are dominant and the human contribution is trivial.


8. Are There Any “Human Footprints”?

No.
The IPCC view that “more than half” of recent global warming was anthropogenic is largely based on the expert judgmentof its WG1 lead authors.

They are mainly modellers – who say that the models cannot replicate past temperatures when the human contribution is omitted. Sceptics say the models are neither verified nor validated and have been criticised for “running hot” by the IPCC itself.



Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures


9. Is “Climate” the Same as Weather?


No.
Climate is local weather averaged over decades, and local weather is not correlated in any way with trend changes in GMST.

On a worldwide scale, GMST trends are not well correlated with the either the frequency or intensity of extreme weather events such as hurricanes, storms, floods, droughts or wildfires.


10. Is Climate Change “An Existential Threat”?

No
. This notion is entirely invented by climate campaigners, and dramatised by politicians/news media. Even the worst case IPCC scenario (combined with the least-accurate computerised models) suggest possible future risk of serious inconvenience only.

The latest Assessment Report (AR5) contains no prediction of widespread mortality rates.


11. Can We “Save the Planet”?

No.
Planet Earth was formed about 4.3 billion years before the first humans appeared, and it had more atmospheric CO2 and higher temperatures than now for most of that time.

Extensive use of stored fossil fuels began less than a century ago.




Regenerate: Beyond The C02 Narrative

The science and differing perspectives behind CO2's link to climate change can be dizzying.

Beyond that, there is a story that is not being told about our environment, and it's leading to proposing solutions that will likely cause even further damage to our environment. Regenerate reveals this hidden story, and encourages humanity to reconnect with nature.




Related:
Six Facts The Left Doesn't Want You To Know About Global Warming





12. Would “Net Zero by 2050” Solve Global Warming?

No.
At least not by any detectable amount. It cannot apply to the largest emitters – China and India – which will produce the majority of global emissions in the next 30 years. But even if the USA (the next largest) somehow achieved this goal, it would avert only 0.137°C by 2100.

This is barely within the margin of error of measurements.


13. Is “Carbon” a Pollutant”?

No. All human animal and plant life is mainly made of carbon (and water).

Plants are fertilised by carbon dioxide and cannot survive if atmospheric CO2 falls below 250 ppm. The earth’s vegetation has increased by about 14% as a result of the recent growth in ppm.

Barry Brill OBE JP LL.M(Hons) M.ComLaw is a former MP and Minister of Energy, Petrocorp director, and chair of the Gas Council, Power NZ, ESANZ, and EMCO. He is presently the Chairman of the New Zealand Climate Science Coalition.


Related Articles:

On the Sun Driving Climatic Changes

The Science, the Scientist and the Sceptic

Questioning Computer Climate Models

Global freezing? Arctic ice levels reach 30-year High

The Guardian Spouting Climate Nonsense Again

A Framework for ESG Initiatives and Social & Climate Credit System



They Are Laughing In Our Faces

The UN’s COP26 is a grotesque and decadent spectacle.

We are witnessing Versailles levels of extravagance and hypocrisy. From every corner of the globe, the super-rich, the powerful and the full of puffed-up virtue are gathered in Glasgow to pontificate to the rest of us about how much we are harming the planet with all our waste and hubris.

Related: "Climate Emergency", starring Jacinda Ardern - a tale of disaster, despair and loss

They arrived in their fleets of private jets to bemoan the scourge of air-industry emissions. They are tucking in to five-star meals in between wondering out loud if the little people should eat less meat.

They’ll rest their weary, virtuous heads on plump, silk pillows after long days of discussing how to rein in the material aspirations of the masses.

It is perhaps the most nauseating display of oligarchical conceit of recent times.

The foregoing is unapologetically uplifted from a recent thundering editorial in Spiked. Brendan O’Neill captures the odious dishonesty of the world’s privileged and powerful as they strut their virtue in a groupthink orgy of piety. I recommend that you read it all.

One by one these elitists are competing to heighten the hysteria … “one minute to midnight” … “code red for the planet”… “an existential threat to humanity”… “greatest moral challenge of our time” … “last best hope for the world” … and on … and on … and on. 

Hundreds of highly-paid PR flacks in dozens of countries have sweated out these histrionic phrases. The world’s billionaires and high potentates then humbly volunteered to deliver the gold-plated words personally to Glasgow by private jet and chauffeured limousine.  And to be seen there.



Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Dramatise Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

But why are 400 private jets parked at airports serving Glasgow? Honestly? Why not deliver the words by email – or even by video if the media need visuals?  What do they achieve by their swaggering  physical presence? After all, everybody knows that this entire convention is a pretentious charade.

Nobody at the convention hall in Glasgow really needs to be convinced that climate action is a good thing. The hall is an echo-chamber of like-minded enthusiasts.

A committee of 25,000 is never going to make any worthwhile decision that was not pre-approved long before the convention began.

It is all theatre. But it is a very expensive performance, and – with Scotland reporting 400 new infections each day – it is a potentially dangerous performance for over 100 countries.

All attendees are exempted from Scotland’s vaccine passport scheme.

(“All animals are equal but some are more equal than others” - Orwell).

The private jets alone will blast 13,000 tonnes of CO2 into the atmosphere, and their ostentatious presence has been branded “rank climate hypocrisy” and the “nadir of carbon inequality”. But they are no more than the visible tip of an iceberg.

Many of their mega-rich owners – Bloomberg, Bejos, Fink, Gates, Soros, Schwab, the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds – are pouring many more billions into lobbying governments everywhere for their favoured climate policies.



Related: Report Sheds Light On The Rockefeller Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

There are literally tens of thousands of professional climate activists working on a full-time basis and drawing wages funded by these “philanthropists”. They make up the bulk of the non-delegates at the Glasgow convention. What hope does common sense or moderation have in the face of such an army of propagandists? 

Francis Menton believes that, on balance, it’s a good thing we have these annual COPs, saying:


 "I can think of no other comparable activities that put on such dramatic and widely-viewed display the immeasurable foolishness and hubris of our political overlords."

Menton points out that no less than 25 COPs have previously ordered the world to reduce its omissions.

They succeeded in delivering the dismal track record shown in this graph: 



Related:
Global Warming: Ten Facts and Ten Myths on Climate Change

While every smug and sanctimonious member of the climate elite can readily churn out 10,000 words about the benefits of “net zero carbon by 2050”, none ever seem to mention the costs.

Or who is to pay those costs. [Clue: it’s not them.]

Both New Zealand and UK governments have released modelling as to the likely costs. While admitting that “nobody knows”, the models suggest a figure of about US$11,000 per household per year.

Contrast this with the 68% of Americans who tell opinion surveyors that they are not prepared to pay more than $10 per month to ameliorate climate change.

 Where is the self-awareness of elites who instruct us to “do what we say not what we do": 


Al Gore, who predicts 20-foot rises in sea levels has bought a 9-bathroom beach front villa in Montecito, California;

Barack Obama, who declared “the moment when the rise of the oceans began to slow” has acquired a waterfront mansion on Martha’s Vineyard;

When John Kerry recently flew in his family’s private jet to Obama’s 60th birthday party, it was the 16th private-jet jaunt his family has taken this year

The Prime Minister of the Maldives, who mimed an underwater cabinet meeting, built an international airport less than 2 metres above mean sea level;

In the knowledge that limiting population is a key tenet of climate alarmists, Boris Johnson is about to have his seventh child;

Jeff Bezos flew into Glasgow in his Gulfstream jet after attending Bill Gates 66th birthday party in the Mediterranean. At the party 50 guests were choppered from private yachts to a beach;

The Cop26 climate summit president Alok Sharma drives a diesel car. His spokeswoman, Allegra Stratton said she did not “fancy” an electric car “just yet”;

Closer to home, the New Zealand Green Party MPs fly more kilometres than the MPs of any other party.

Minister James Shaw flew no less than 14 bureaucrats to Glasgow (in business class) for no known benefits to taxpayers – shouldering aside hapless MIQ applicants who have been queueing for months to return to their homeland. 



Related: New Zealand imported more than a million tonnes of 'dirty' coal in 2020, the same year a climate emergency was declared

I conclude as I began with Spiked:

This is a movement that allows the descendants of incredibly wealthy banking families to tell the rest of us to wear a cardie rather than turn on the central heating and which invites literal princes to make sad faces about all the flying and meat-eating the oiks are engaging in.

I said it was a modern version of Versailles, but actually it’s worse than that. At least daft bint Marie Antoinette wanted the lower orders to eat cake (she just didn’t realise they didn’t have any).

This new lot actively campaigns against the consumption of the 21st-century equivalent of cake – meat, heat, easy travel. ‘Dont let them eat cake’ is the cry of the eco-aristocrat.


Related Articles:

Chinese Company Claims Its Hydrogen-Powered Vehicle Can Travel 500km Using Only Water As Fuel & The Big Electric Vehicle Lie: Electric Cars Are Not “Zero Emissions,” And Their Ecological Impact Is Actually Dirtier Than Diesel Trucks

Unemployment looms as Marsden Pt oil refinery winds down

Global Economic Chaos? BlackRock and Citi Get on Board the “Climate Train”

Discovery of Victorian-Era Data Suggests Extreme Weather Events Not New

Here is The Hidden $150 Trillion Agenda Behind The "Crusade" Against Climate Change

Promoting a New Tyranny under the Guise of Saving the Planet

The Misanthropic Bankers Behind COP26 and the Green New Deal

Prince Charles Declares War to Enforce Great Reset at UN’s Climate Summit

The Global Warming / Man-Made Climate Change Scam

The Great “Global Warming / Climate Change” Alarm Is Part Of The WEF’s “Great Reset

If anyone says to you “the weather extremes are a sure sign of global warming”, it’s because they take this information directly from the media and assume it to be fact.



The media get it from government – or government ‘expert advisors’.

Related: ‘The Calculated Subversion of Humanity’ …and How to Resist It

The ‘expert advisors’ get it from a computer modelling exercise (e.g. Imperial College London).

The computer modelling exercise gets it from a large financial incentive offered by the corporate conglomerate and bought-out government, with the explicit instruction to produce a result which fills the needs of their combined political goals.

In this case, to magic-up ‘scientific proof’ that [man-made] global warming is real.

The need to have ‘proof’ that this invention is real is arrived at in spite of the fact that global warming’s main proponents know that the idea was dreamed-up at the Club of Rome in 1972 under a widely publicised treatise with the catchy title ‘Limits to Growth’.

It gained a further boost from the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, when the infamous Agenda 21 was launched to impose largely irrational environmental constrictions as a forerunner to the highly discriminating ‘carbon taxes’ in operation today.

Limits to Growth might have appealed to those who oppose neo-liberal capitalist insistence on the necessity for a ‘permanent growth’ economy; but the real intent behind those words is the conditioning of the receiver to take a self imposed pseudo-sacrificial attitude about ‘limitation’.



Related: ‘Limits To Growth’ Vindicated: World Headed Towards Economic, Environmental Collapse

Ergo, limiting one’s self for the sake of a ‘higher cause’ – saving the natural environment from Global Warming!

This form of conditioning becomes the perfect precept for encouraging naturally concerned citizens to not just embrace cutting back the typical material excesses of their lives, but ultimately the pseudo-saintly renunciation of all material interests.

The ghoulish plan behind Klaus Schwab’s quasi religious Sermon from the Mount WEF:


“You will own nothing and you will be happy.”

Schwab’s psycho-social engineering ‘deep mind experts’ having planned-out the precise stepping stones necessary for a ‘check-mate’ seamless handing-over of all private wealth to the insatiably materialistic elite masters of deception.

A thoroughly odious yet quite brilliant slight of hand.

The great ‘Global Warming’ alarm was raised as a calculated way for leading industrialists, bankers and royalty to ensure their future as the premier influencers and controllers of global affairs.



Related: Investigating the Mass Hysteria Over 1 Degree in Climate Change Since 1850

Blanket controlled media indoctrination, using rampant fear mongering as its key component, is designed to convert public sentiment to the cause.

The elite industrialist club know full well that ‘fear’ makes desperate people turn to their perceived leaders to protect them – and tell them what to do. The historial precedent for this is ubiquitous.

The notion that the climate was dangerously warming had no scientific evidence to back it up. That was cooked-up later under the auspices of the International Panel on Climate Change (IPPC).

It is more than unfortunate that the great majority of green oriented NGO’s also swallowed the bait and, being by then mostly well funded by corporate backed governments, took the money, closed their eyes and minds – and jumped on board – thus embracing the deadly distortion of their original green commitments.

It is now the turn of Klaus Schwab (director of World Economic Forum) to take up the reins handed down to him by earlier representatives of the small but powerful elite that runs planetary affairs via such puppet heads of state as Bush, Cheney, Blair – and other aspiring despots of that time.

Schwab’s job is to ensure that ‘stop global warming’ goals are fully implemented through the channels of The Green New Deal, Great Reset, Fourth Industrial Revolution, Zero Carbon agenda.



Related: Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”

He must get this fake-green ball firmly rolling down the road especially designed for it by highly paid technocrats, whose particular bent is to create an ‘inventory of everything’ to make possible the control of all aspects of life on Earth.

These techno’s view the management of the world as an exercise in accounting. A sterile reductionist mind-set closely linked to robotics and the notion that advanced mechanisation and calculation is superior to the creativity of the human mind.

Hence the WEF’s announcement of the forthcoming ‘Internet of Everything’, the 5G powered Smart City surveillance and control grid which forms the centrepiece of The Great Reset agenda.

An agenda that has been specifically positioned under the title ‘green’- a name stolen from the original ecology movement of the 1970’s and 80’s, whose ethos was – and remains – the promotion of a human scale, light footprint ‘people’s ecology’.

An authentic vision that bears no resemblance whatsoever to today’s gigantic corporate led Fourth Industrial Revolution, held up by the WEF masters of deception to be the only solution for ‘greening the planet’.

What it actually is, of course, is a wholesale corporate / cabal grab for the control of the world’s primary resources and money supply. The word ‘green’ could hardly have been more butchered.

So with this fake green ideology now at the forefront of the central control global planning elite’s blueprint for a brave new world, the drive is on to utilise every opportunity possible to enforce conditions that constrict mankind’s behaviour patterns to fit the cunningly concocted demands of ‘preventing global warming’.



Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #55. Club of Rome

The great Club of Rome scare story, designed specifically to leave a frightened and confused public completely dependent upon the technocrat ‘experts’ coming up with a ‘life saving solution’ to prevent the planet from frying. 

Now, ‘the life saving solution’ to the fictional ‘problem’ the technocrats came up with, has to fulfil the hard-wired goals of this small but very powerful elite that forms the shadow government of the planet. A despotic cabal whose intention is to master-mind the future according to a darkly inflated sense of self importance and superiority over the rest of humanity.

The first thing needed to smooth the way for the unfettered display of such rampant megalomania is to ensure the least possible public resistance. Least resistance to the rolling-out of ‘the grand plan’, whose implementation requires – to make it credible – a continuous process of environmental disruption and degradation. 

The cause of this disruption can then be pinned on the advance of the ‘catastrophic’ warming’ – to which all solutions must be ‘technological’. Technological in the sense of high tech, robotic, digital and electro magnetic.

Killing at least two birds with one stone is a popular concept within the ranks of New World Order proponents. So it was found that the effects of a general dumbing-down of brain power could be enhanced when combined with individually targeted mind control, hypnosis and torture, all of which had already been well tested via the US MK Ultra programme.

In this program human beings were ruthlessly experimented upon to find at what point they ‘cracked’ and became controllable tools for carrying out the secret operations needed to undermine the orderly functioning of society and to enact psy-ops, false flag events and even – when deemed necessary, murders. 



Related: NZ Lawyer Tells Prime Minister Her Pfizer Vaccine Claims Are Misleading And Deceptive + Massive Anti-Lockdown Protests Rage Worldwide

A variation on these same techniques were used behind closed doors during Covid lockdown, especially in care homes, where genocide has become thematic and old people are considered disposable matter in the cause of ‘stopping Covid’.

Mind control is the central weapon of the elite planners. Its presence is ubiquitous in all aspects of daily life – starting with the TV – a particularly vital component of (State) control of the masses, and extending into all mainstream media operations, cell phone technologies, computer programmes, WiFi and advanced military ‘silent’ weaponry.

There is a wafer thin line of distinction between the process and function of mind control, propaganda and straight indoctrination.

All the above are now being deployed to get the joys of Klaus Schwab’s Great Reset, Zero Carbon, Green Deal and 5G Smart Cities firmly installed in the brain cells of culpable human beings, who are also to be induced to hand-over all their private assets ‘for the cause’.

Do not underestimate the mind bending power it takes to get ordinary folk to embrace the notion “You will own nothing and you will be happy”.

It is nothing less than ‘fear of global warming’ that holds the entire Great Reset / Green Deal invention together.



Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Without this scary message of ‘disaster if we don’t act’ underpinning it, the future of the New World Order’s master control agenda would fall apart at the seams.

Covid was sprung on the scene to ensure the fear factor would receive a turbo-charged boost, enough to carry it through to the point where the COP could double-up on it – and thus increase the chance of a witless public finally throwing up their arms and shouting “Save us at any cost!

Atmospheric Aerosol Geoengineering (Chemtrails), Covid, 5G, The High Auroral Atmospheric Research Program (HAARP), WiFi, GMO, the chemical saturation of household products and especially foods – are all examples of contemporary weapons whose deployment is sold to us as ‘important progressive science’, but whose true purpose is to suffocate the life force that drives human and environmental vigour, natural health and spiritual vibrance.

Right down to the manipulation and degradation of  human, animal and plant DNA and the genome of life itself.

At the end of this egregious mono cybernetic intrusion into the divinity of creation is ‘Robotic Man’. The transhumanist singularity omega point. A soulless cyborg ‘inhuman race’ which gets all its instructions through having its neocortex permanently wired to a central super computer.



Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

This is actually the vision of the evolution of humanity that Schwab’s dark controllers have planned-out to be ‘The New Normal’; making the sentient human race largely obsolete by around 2050 – and almost so by 2030 / 2040.

A human race that will by then have been culled down to approximately one quarter of its current number, if all goes according to plan for the psychopathic architects of the Great Reset/New World Order/Green Deal.

It is vital to grasp that the monstrous Covid invention, whose toxic ‘vaccinations’ are a genocide inducing weapon dressed up as ‘protection’, is just one of the cards in the ‘kill and control’ pack.

A significant one, but one whose manifestation is symptomatic of the demonic bag of tricks available to the insentient perpetrators of raw evil.


Corona Virus and Global Warming are First Cousins

They both owe their creation to exactly the same ‘rabbit from a hat’ conjuring trick.

That of applying the art of deception-hypnosis en masse, in order to make people believe that what is unreal is real – what is fake is actual. And they both use the same fascist control mechanisms to achieve their ends.

Now we have put together the disparate parts of this genocide operation called: The Great Reset (forced totalitarian take-over), Green New Deal (fake green fascism), Zero Carbon (no carbon=no life), Fourth Industrial Revolution (completely robotic workplace) we can recognise that each element is actually integral to the overall plan.

Strung together in this way we can finally see the whole diabolical picture.



Related: Why The World Should Be Very Concerned About New Zealand Under The Ardern Government & Regulatory Capture In The Age Of COVID

It is therefore vital to recognise that we can only be effective in our defence of Life on Earth by seeing and acting on this ‘whole picture’. Not being drawn into treating each symptom as a separate and unrelated crises in its own right. Which is precisely what the instigators want us to do, of course.

For a steadily growing number of people, these dark days are actually having the reverse effect than that intended.

They are stimulating the manifestation of great shafts of counteractive light! Suddenly, tens of thousands are finding a commonality of purpose and joining together to take-on the masters of deception, through standing strong for truth, justice and freedom.

It portends a remarkable shift of emphasis in all our lives. One of truly dramatic proportions that heralds the tangible unfolding of a new era for humanity.

An era in which a dissolving of old barriers of race, class, religion and money – ushers in a profound sense of universal brother and sister hood; a great expansion of the spiritual and a new form of worldwide social and economic cooperation.

Cooperation in which shared humanitarian goals steadily replace the divisive and destructive greed of the profit predicated global market place.

This heart-led flowering of humanity is to be the truly defining factor of the great Global Warming / Covid Scam, as the history books will one day relate.



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

The overwhelming use of fear and deception has provoked the opposite state to come out of hiding and to manifest as what, for its detractors, will be an unendurable counter force – emanating from none less than the energetic source of Creation Itself.

Such an astounding metamorphosis is now underway, and it has taken an extraordinary, blatant manifestation of darkness to ignite the counteractive fire which is now calling forth a great renaissance of the true powers of man.

This is the age of truth, enlightenment and action.

Take your courage in both hands and step forth! Set your sights on nothing less than disarming and dismantling the technocratic top-down total-control system that attempts to enslave you, me and every sentient human being who seeks to remain true to the deepest values of Life.


Related Articles:

Why Do NATO States Commit “Energy Hara Kiri”? Green Zero Carbon Madness. Industrial Collapse?

Prince Charles Remarks to G-7 Leaders

Statistical Method Used to Link Climate Change to Greenhouse Gases Challenged

Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

World's top climate scientists told to 'cover up' the fact that the Earth's temperature hasn't risen for the last 15 years

The Sponsors of COP26 Are Behind the Corporate Greenwashing Agenda

Decarbonization terraforming of planet Earth is now underway

We Need to Take Power from the People Who Are Destroying Our Planet

Al Gore’s Latest ‘Solution’ to Climate Change Is Mass Surveillance

“Global Financial Governance”: UN-backed Banker Alliance Announces “Green” Plan to Transform the Global Financial System

The Great Climate Reset

Experts Refute Claims Linking Deadly Tornadoes to Climate Change

By Making Tyrants Strong, the Green Movement Has a Lot to Answer For

Elon Musk Rebuffs Bill Gates’s Climate ‘Philanthropy’ Request in Scathing Text

WEF Asks Gates How They'll Get Corporations and Private Companies to Conform to Climate Agenda

NZ finally has a climate action plan

Australians Are ‘Freezing Ourselves’ To Fight Global Warming

UN Falsely Claims Climate Change Is Making Weather And Migration Worse

Return of the Climate Con “Experts” – The Real History Channel


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

It’s Time To Take The Gaia Hypothesis Seriously
June 12 2022 | From: Nautilus / Various

Can a planet be alive? Lynn Margulis, a giant of late 20th-century biology, who had an incandescent intellect that veered toward the unorthodox, thought so. She and chemist James Lovelock together theorized that life must be a planet-altering phenomenon and the distinction between the “living” and “nonliving” parts of Earth is not as clear-cut as we think.



Many members of the scientific community derided their theory, called the Gaia hypothesis, as pseudoscience, and questioned their scientific integrity.

Related: Studies Show What Happens To The Human Body When We Walk Barefoot On Earth

But now Margulis and Lovelock may have their revenge. Recent scientific discoveries are giving us reason to take this hypothesis more seriously. At its core is an insight about the relationship between planets and life that has changed our understanding of both, and is shaping how we look for life on other worlds.

Studying Earth’s global biosphere together, Margulis and Lovelock realized that it has some of the properties of a life form. It seems to display “homeostasis,” or self‐regulation. Many of Earth’s life‐sustaining qualities exhibit remarkable stability.

The temperature range of the climate; the oxygen content of the atmosphere; the pH, chemistry, and salinity of the ocean - all these are biologically mediated.

All have, for hundreds of millions of years, stayed within a range where life can thrive. Lovelock and Margulis surmised that the totality of life is interacting with its environments in ways that regulate these global qualities. They recognized that Earth is, in a sense, a living organism. Lovelock named this creature Gaia.


“Life and Earth have been co-evolving in a continuing dance."

Margulis and Lovelock showed that the Darwinian picture of biological evolution is incomplete. Darwin identified the mechanism by which life adapts due to changes in the environment, and thus allowed us to see that all life on Earth is a continuum, a proliferation, a genetic diaspora from a common root.



Related: 50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

In the Darwinian view, Earth was essentially a stage with a series of changing backdrops to which life had to adjust. Yet, what or who was changing the sets?

Margulis and Lovelock proposed that the drama of life does not unfold on the stage of a dead Earth, but that, rather, the stage itself is animated, part of a larger living entity, Gaia, composed of the biosphere together with the “nonliving” components that shape, respond to, and cycle through the biota of Earth.

Yes, life adapts to environmental change, shaping itself through natural selection. Yet life also pushes back and changes the environment, alters the planet.

This is now as obvious as the air you are breathing, which has been oxygenated by life. So evolution is not a series of adaptations to inanimate events, but a system of feedbacks, an exchange.

Life has not simply molded itself to the shifting contours of a dynamic Earth. Rather, life and Earth have shaped each other as they’ve co-evolved.



Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

When you start looking at the planet in this way, then you see coral reefs, limestone cliffs, deltas, bogs, and islands of bat guano as parts of this larger animated entity. You realize that the entire skin of Earth, and its depths as well, are indeed alive.

The acceptance of the Gaia hypothesis was, and remains, slow, halting, and incomplete. There are several reasons for this. One is just the usual inertia, the standard conservative reluctance to accept new ways of thinking. Yet Gaia was also accused of being vague and shifting.

Some complained that the “Gaians” had failed to present an original, well‐defined, testable scientific proposition. How can you evaluate, oppose, or embrace an idea that is not clearly stated, or that seems to mean different things to different people? There was certainly some truth to this.

Gaia has been stated many different ways. Also, it didn’t help that Margulis and Lovelock were more than willing to mix science with philosophy and poetry, and they didn’t mind controversy; in fact, I’d say they enjoyed and courted it.



Related: In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

The truth is, despite its widespread moniker, Gaia is not really a hypothesis. It’s a perspective, an approach from within which to pursue the science of life on a planet, a living planet, which is not the same as a planet with life on it - that’s really the point, simple but profound.

Because life is not a minor afterthought on an already functioning Earth, but an integral part of the planet’s evolution and behavior.

Over the last few decades, the Gaians have pretty much won the battle. The opposition never actually surrendered or admitted defeat, but mainstream earth science has dropped its disciplinary shields and joined forces with chemistry, climatology, theoretical biology, and several other “‐ologies” and renamed itself “earth system science.”

The Gaia approach, prompted by the space-age comparison of Earth with its apparently lifeless neighbors, has led to a deepening realization of how thoroughly altered our planet is by its inhabitants.



Related: Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

When we compare the life story of Earth to that of its siblings, we see that very early on in its development, as soon as the sterilizing impact rain subsided so that life could get a toehold, Earth started down a different path. Ever since that juncture, life and Earth have been co-evolving in a continuing dance.

As we’ve studied Earth with space-age tools, seen her whole from a distance, drilled the depths of the ocean floor, and, with the magic glasses of multispectral imaging, mapped the global biogeochemical cycles of elements, nutrients, and energy, we’ve learned that life’s influence is more profound and pervasive than we ever suspected.

All this oxygen we take for granted is the byproduct of life intervening in our planet’s geochemical cycles: harvesting solar energy to split water molecules, keeping the hydrogen atoms and reacting them with CO2 to make organic food and body parts, but spitting the oxygen back out.

In Earth’s upper atmosphere some of this oxygen, under the influence of ultraviolet light, is transformed into ozone, O3, which shields Earth’s surface from deadly ultraviolet, making the land surface habitable.

When it appeared, this shield allowed life to leave the ocean and the continents to become green with forests. That’s right: It was life that rendered the once deadly continents habitable for life.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

The more we look through a Gaian lens, the more we see that nearly every aspect of our planet has been biologically distorted beyond recognition. Earth’s rocks contain more than 4,000 different minerals (the crystalline molecules that make up rocks).

This is a much more varied smorgasbord of mineral types than we have seen on any other world. Geochemists studying the mineral history of Earth have concluded that by far the majority of these would not exist without the presence of life on our planet.

So, on Earth’s life‐altered surface, the very rocks themselves are biological byproducts. A big leap in this mineral diversity occurred after life oxygenated Earth’s atmosphere, leading to a plethora of new oxidized minerals that sprinkled colorful rocks throughout Earth’s sediments.

Observed on a distant planet, such vast and varied mineral diversity could be a sign of a living world, so this is a potential biosignature (or Gaiasignature) we can add to the more commonly cited Lovelock criterion of searching for atmospheric gases that have been knocked out of equilibrium by life.



Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

In fact, minerals and life seem to have fed off each other going all the way back to the beginning. Evidence has increased that minerals were vital catalysts and physical substrates for the origin of life on Earth. Is it really a huge leap, then, to regard the mineral surface of Earth as part of a global living system, part of the body of Gaia?

What about plate tectonics and the dynamics of Earth’s deep interior? At first glance this seems like a giant mechanical system - a heat engine - that does not depend upon biology, but rather (lucky for life), supports it.

Also, although we’re probably still largely ignorant about the deeply buried parts of Earth’s biosphere, it’s unlikely there are any living organisms deeper than a couple of miles down in the crust, where it gets too hot for organic molecules.

Yet, just as we’ve found that life’s sway has extended into the upper atmosphere, creating the ozone layer that allowed the biosphere to envelop the continents, more and more we see that life has also influenced these deeper subterranean realms.

Over its long life, Gaia has altered not just the skin but also the guts of Earth, pulling carbon from the mantle and piling it on the surface in sedimentary rocks, and sequestering massive amounts of nitrogen from the air into ammonia stored inside the crystals of mantle rocks.


“Life itself, once it gets started, can make or keep a planet habitable."

By controlling the chemical state of the atmosphere, life has also altered the rocks it comes into contact with, and so oxygenated the crust and mantle of Earth. This changes the material properties of the rocks, how they bend and break, squish, fold, and melt under various forces and conditions.

All the clay minerals produced by Earth’s biosphere soften Earth’s crust - the crust of a lifeless planet is harder - helping to lubricate the plate tectonic engine.

The wetness of Earth seems to explain why plate tectonics has persisted on Earth and not on its dry twin, Venus.



Related: Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

One of the more extreme claims of the Gaia camp, at present neither proven nor refuted, is that the influence of life over the eons has helped Earth hold on to her life‐giving water, while Venus and Mars, lifeless through most of their existence, lost theirs.

If so, then life may indeed be responsible for Earth’s plate tectonics. One of the original architects of plate tectonic theory, Norm Sleep from Stanford, has become thoroughly convinced that life is deeply implicated in the overall physical dynamics of Earth, including the “nonliving” interior domain.

In describing the cumulative, long-term influence of life on geology, continent building, and plate tectonics, he wrote, “The net effect is Gaian. That is, life has modified Earth to its advantage.” The more we study Earth, the more we see this. Life has got Earth in its clutches. Earth is a biologically modulated planet through and through. In a nontrivial way, it is a living planet.



Related: Mars Slave Labour Controversy Builds With More Whistleblower Testimony

Now, 40 years after Viking landed on Mars, we’ve learned that planets are common, including those similar in size to Earth and at the right distance from their stars to allow oceans of liquid water.

Also, Lovelock’s radical idea to pay attention to the atmosphere and look for drastic departures from the expected mixture of gases now forms the cornerstone of our life‐detection strategies.

Gaian thinking has crept into our ideas about evolution and the habitability of exoplanets, revising notions of the “habitable zone.” We’re realizing that it is not enough to determine basic physical properties of a planet, its size and distance from a star, in order to determine its habitability.



Related: The US Space Force Just Swore In Its First “Chief Of Space Operations” + Navy Patents UFO-Like Compact Nuclear Fusion Reactor And Hybrid Space / Sea Crafts

Life itself, once it gets started, can make or keep a planet habitable. Perhaps, in some instances, life can also destroy the habitability of a planet, as it almost did on Earth during the Great Oxygenation Event (sometimes called the oxygen catastrophe) of 2.1 billion years ago.

As my colleague Colin Goldblatt, a sharp young climate modeler from the University of Victoria, once said, “The defining characteristic of Earth is planetary scale life. Earth teaches us that habitability and inhabitance are inseparable.”

In my 2003 book Lonely Planets, I described what I call the “Living Worlds hypothesis,” which is Gaian thinking applied to astrobiology. Perhaps life everywhere is intrinsically a planetary‐scale phenomenon with a cosmological life span - that is, a life expectancy measured in billions of years, the timescale that defines the lives of planets, stars, and the universe.



Related: Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems

Organisms and species do not have cosmological life spans. Gaia does, and this is perhaps a general property of living worlds. Influenced greatly by Lovelock and Margulis, I’ve argued that we are unlikely to find surface life on a planet that has not severely and flagrantly altered its own atmosphere.

According to this idea, a planet cannot be “slightly alive” any more than a person can (at least not for long), and an aged planet such as Mars, if it is not obviously, conspicuously alive like Earth, is probably completely dead. 

If the little whiffs of methane recently reported by the Curiosity rover turn out to be the signs of pockets of Martian life on an otherwise generally dead world, this would prove that my Living Worlds hypothesis is wrong, and that life can take on very non-Gaia-like forms elsewhere.



Related: Call For UN Probe After 'Bear Pictured Walking On Mars'

But a living world may require more than temporary little pockets of water and energy as surely exist underground on Mars. It may require continuous and vigorous internally driven geological activity. I believe that only a planet that is “alive” in the geological sense is likely to be “alive” in the biological sense.

Without plate tectonics, without deep, robust global biogeochemical cycles which life could feed off and, eventually, entrain itself within, life may never have been able to establish itself as a permanent feature of Mars, as it did on Earth.

As far as we can tell, around the time when life was starting on Earth, both Venus and Mars shared the same characteristics that enabled life to get going here: They were wet, they were rocky, they had thick atmospheres and vigorous geologic activity.

Comparative planetology seems to be telling us that the conditions needed for the origin of life might be the norm for rocky worlds. One real possibility is that Mars or Venus also had an origin of life, but that life did not stick, couldn’t persist, on either of these worlds.



Related: Good Hearts, Fooled Minds: Four Fallacies Of The (Hijacked) Environmental Movement

It was not able to take root and become embedded as a permanent planetary feature, as it did on Earth. This may be a common outcome: planets that have an origin of life, perhaps even several, but that never develop a robust and self‐sustaining global biosphere.

What is really rare and unusual about Earth is that beneficial conditions for life have persisted over billions of years. This may have been more than luck.

When we stop thinking of planets as merely objects or places where living beings may or may not be present, but rather as themselves living or nonliving entities, it can color the way we think about the origin of life. Perhaps life is something that happens not on a planet but to a planet: It is something that a planet becomes.

Think of life as analogous to a fire. If you’ve ever tried to start a campfire, you know it’s easy to ignite some sparks and a little flicker of flame, but then it’s hard to keep these initial flames going. At first you have to tend to the fire, blowing until you’re faint, to supply more oxygen, or it will just die out.



Related: Darwinism Is “Full Of Holes” And Obsolete As A Scientific Theory, Declares Yale Professor + Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline

That’s always the tricky part: keeping it burning before it has really caught on. Then it reaches a critical point, where the fire is really roaring. It’s got a bed of hot coals and its heat is generating its own circulation pattern, sucking in oxygen, fanning its own flames. At that point it becomes self-sustaining, and you can go grab a beer and watch for shooting stars.

I wonder if the first life on a planet isn’t like those first sparks and those unsteady little flames.

The earliest stages of life may be extremely vulnerable, and there may be a point where, once life becomes a planetary phenomenon, enmeshed in the global flows that support and fuel it, it feeds back on itself and becomes more like a self‐sustaining fire, one that not only draws in its own air supply, but turns itself over and replenishes its own fuel. A mature biosphere seems to create the conditions for life to continue and flourish.


“Life is something that happens not on a planet, but to a planet.."



Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And New Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

A “living worlds” perspective implies that after billions of years, life will either be absent from a planet or, as on Earth, have thoroughly taken over and become an integral part of all global processes. Signs of life will be everywhere.

Once life has taken hold of a planet, once it has become a planetary‐scale entity (a global organism, if you will), it may be very hard to kill.

Certainly life has seen Earth through many huge changes, some quite traumatic. Life here is remarkably robust and persistent. It seems to have a kind of immortality. Call it quasi‐immortality, because the planet won’t be around forever, and it may not be habitable for its entire lifetime. Individuals are here for but an instant.

Whole species come and go, usually in timescales barely long enough to get the planet’s attention. Yet life as a whole persists. This gives us a different way to think about ourselves.



Related: Primary Water: Why We Do Not Have A Water Shortage & Rare Diamond Confirms That Earth's Mantle Holds An Ocean's Worth Of Water

The scientific revolution has revealed us, as individuals, to be incredibly tiny and ephemeral, and our entire existence, not just as individuals but even as a species, to be brief and insubstantial against the larger temporal backdrop of cosmic evolution.

If, however, we choose to identify with the biosphere, then we, Gaia, have been here for quite some time, for perhaps 3 billion years in a universe that seems to be about 13 billion years old. We’ve been alive for a quarter of all time. That’s something.

The origin of life on Earth was not just the beginning of the evolution of species, the fount of diversity that eventually begat algae blooms, aspen groves, barrier reefs, walrus huddles, and gorilla troops.

From a planetary evolution perspective, this development was a major branching point that opened up a gateway to a fundamentally different future. Then, when life went global, and went deep, planet Earth headed irreversibly down the path not taken by its siblings.



Related: Unexplainable Discovery: Ancient Indian Mandala Found At Peru’s Nazca Lines

Now, very recently, out of this biologically altered Earth, another kind of change has suddenly emerged and is rewriting the rules of planetary evolution. On the nightside of Earth, the lights are switching on, indicating that something new is happening and someone new is home. Has another gateway opened? Could the planet be at a new branching point?

The view from space sheds light on the multitude of rapid changes inscribed on our planet by our industrial society. The orbital technology enabling this observation is itself one of the strange and striking aspects of the transition now gripping Earth.

If up to now the defining characteristic of Earth has been planetary‐scale life, then what about these planetary‐scale lights? Might this spreading, luminous net be part of a new defining characteristic?


Related Articles:

How Modern Life Separates Us From Nature


David Wilcock: The Ascension Mysteries

Astonishing Russian Document Reveals A Face-To-Face Interaction With A UFO & 5 Alien Beings

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

An Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

We Don’t Love You Anymore Jacinda & The Three Waters Op-Ed Stuff Doesn't Want You To Read

Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Chemicals Are Making Us Sterile And Dumb
June 11 2022 | From: Sott / Various

Over the last seventy-five years, men have seen a sharp reduction in reproductive capacity, and evidence suggests that commonly found chemicals are to blame.



Related: A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All

If that news isn't stark enough for the future of humankind, these chemicals are also making us dumber.
A recent piece in the New York Times drew attention to an important issue: endocrine-disrupting chemicals in everyday consumer products are killing or disabling sperm and making men sterile.

The numbers are extremely troubling. Scientists say that approximately 90% of sperm in a typical young man are misshapen, meaning they are unable to swim correctly. Additionally, sperm counts have decreased sharply over the last seventy-five years. As one researcher bluntly stated, "Not everyone who wants to reproduce will be able to."

Our grandfathers may not have been able to understand our smart phones, but their ability to produce offspring vastly outpaced our own.

There's a great deal of evidence to suggest endocrine-disrupting chemicals are the major cause of this problem. They're found in plastics, pesticides, and many other products. Quite simply, these chemicals disrupt the proper functioning of hormones.



Related: Amalgam Fillings: 'It Is Toxic And We're Told To Put It In'

One study by Canadian scientists found that adding endocrine disruptors to Lake Ontario turned male fathead minnows into intersexual fish (fish with both male and female characteristics), which are unable to reproduce. Unfortunately, it is far from the only study positing a link between chemicals and infertility.

The mayhem caused by these chemicals appears to happen in utero, when endocrine disruptors mimic certain hormones and confuse the biological process that turns a fetus into a male.

Chemical exposure, unfortunately, affects far more than just reproductive health. A recent study discussed in The Atlantic details the damage that certain environmental contaminants - including endocrine disruptors, but also lead, ethanol, mercury, arsenic, and more - can have on the brain. These effects include lower IQs, ADHD, autism spectrum disorder, and more.

"Our very great concern," the authors of the new study write, "is that children worldwide are being exposed to unrecognized toxic chemicals that are silently eroding intelligence, disrupting behaviors, truncating future achievements, and damaging societies."

The authors also note that genetic factors account for only 30 to 40% of all cases of brain development disorders. They suggest that environmental exposures to industrial chemicals are causing a "silent pandemic of neurodevelopmental toxicity."



Comment: Protecting children from the "global, silent pandemic of neurodevelopmental toxicity"

What are federal regulators doing to deal with the rise in infertility and this "silent pandemic" of brain disorders? Not much. Humans have made, found, or used over 50 million unique chemicals, yet federal regulators have tested only 200. And only five of those were deemed harmful enough to be subject to new regulations.

This isn't simply a case of federal agencies being asleep at the wheel. Sometimes it's plain old corruption, as we'll see in the next piece in this week's Pulse of Natural Health.



Related Articles:

Endocrine Disruptors: What are they & how you can avoid them

Hormone disruptors: Everyday poisons in everyday life

Men under threat from 'gender bending' chemicals

Common Plastic Chemicals Leading to Miscarriages, Infertility

A new study has found that pesticide exposure may lead to abnormal sperm development

Landmark study exposes the impact of hormone-disrupting chemicals on you, your family and the environment


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population
& This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest
June 10 2022 | From: GlobalResearch / Sott

Last year, we had a series of mergers in the agribusiness’ GMO-corporations worldwide. This has created an alarming concentration of corporate power in the hands of basically three corporate groups.



The first one is Bayer AG of Germany, which made a friendly takeover of Monsanto. The reason for this was that Monsanto became identified in the public mind as pure evil and everything bad about GMO’s, which was accurate.

Related: Transgenic Wars - How GMOs Impact Livestock And Human Health Around The Globe

This became a burden on the whole GMO project. So, Bayer stepped in, which has a friendly image of an aspirin, harmless, nice company, but in fact is the company that invented heroin in the 1880’s and made gas for the ovens of Auschwitz during WWII.

It’s one of the dirtiest agribusiness companies in the world with a series of homicides and pesticides that killed off bee colonies and many other things that are essential to life and to nature.

ChemChina – China State Chemical giant – for some reason took over Swiss Syngenta, which makes weed-killers.

Then, Dow Chemicals and DuPont merged their GMO businesses together.



Related: “A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

So, we have three gigantic corporate groups worldwide controlling the genetically-modified part of the human food chain.

As dangerous as the GMO crops are and the more they sell, it is becoming more and more obvious that they are the chemicals that by contract must be applied to those GMO seeds by the corporations.

They demand that if you buy roundup ready soybeans or corn, you must use Monsanto (now Bayer) roundup.

Therefore, this is giving more corporate power to the GMO industry than ever before and that’s an alarming trend. They are putting pressure on the bureaucracy in Brussels.

One example: there was a massive public campaign against the renewal of the license of the European Commission for Glyphosate. Glyphosate is the most widely used weed-killer in the world. Glyphosate is the main ingredient in Monsanto’s roundup. The other ingredients are Monsanto’s corporate secret, but the combination of them is one of the most deadly weed-killers.



Related: Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

The World Health Organization’s body responsible for assessing genetic dangers made a ruling the last year that Glyphosate was a probable cancer-causing agent.

The license came up for automatic renewal last year – a 15-year license. The EU commission for health was prepared to automatically renew it for 15 years. The European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), which is responsible allegedly for the health and safety of European citizens, recommended approval based on a German study by the German Food Safety Agency that was simply lifted 100% from studies given by the private corporation Monsanto!

So, the whole chain was corrupt from the beginning and all the information was rigged. In reality tests have shown that in minuscule concentrations, lower than in recommended levels in Europe and in the US, Glyphosate causes kidney disease, liver disease, and other illnesses that are potentially fatal.

Now, Glyphosate has shown up in urine tests, in urban drinking water, in gardens, in ground water and so forth. And that gets into the system of childbearing women, for example, with embryo. It’s all in this!



Related: Glyphosate Worse Than We Could Imagine: “It’s Everywhere” & Monsanto / Bayer Keeps Riding A Path Of Corruption

The EU commission, despite a million petitions – this is a record setting – and despite recommendations from leading scientists around the world to not renew the license, made a compromise under huge industry pressure and renewed it for 18 months. Why did they renew it for that time?

Because at the end of 18 months, they were told by Bayer and Monsanto that the takeover of those two giant corporations will be completed and Bayer is going to replace Glyphosate with another, likely more deadly toxin, but not so well-known as Glyphosate. So, they simply bought time. And that is just one example.

This agenda of GMO is not about the health and safety; it’s not about increasing crop yields – that’s a lie that has been proven in repeated tests in North America and all around the world.

Crop yields for farmers, using GMO plants, may increase slightly for the first 1-2 harvest years, but ultimately decline after 3-4 years
.



Related: GMOs Are Killing Us: Facts You Probably Don’t Know

And not only that! We’ve been promised by Monsanto and other GMO giants that the use of chemicals will be less, because of these “wonderful” traits that GMO plants resist.

In fact, the weeds become resistant and you have super weeds, which are 5-6 feet in a height and choke out everything. It’s a catastrophe.


So, farmers end up using added weed killers to kill the super weeds. This whole mad playing around with the genetic makeup of nature is a disaster from the beginning.

The real agenda of GMO, which I have documented in great detail in my book “Seeds of Destruction”, comes from the Rockefeller Foundation.



Related: GMO's - A Planned Human Sterility Program

It comes out of the 1920s-1930s Eugenics movement. The Rockefeller Foundation during the 1930’s, right up to the outbreak of World War II when it became politically embracing too, financed the Nazi Eugenics experiments of Kaiser Wilhelm Institute in Berlin and in Munich.

Why did they do this? Their goal was the elimination of what they called “undesirable eaters”. That is called population reduction.

After the war, the head of the American Eugenic Society, who was a good friend of John D. Rockefeller, at the annual conference of the American Eugenic Society said:


"From today, the new name of eugenics is genetics”.

Moreover, if you keep that in mind – genetic engineering, the Human Genome Project and so forth – they all are scientific frauds. Russian scientists have proven that the entire Genome Project utterly disregarded 98% of the scientifically valuable data in favor of 2%  that was completely nonsense and a waste of billions of dollars.

Therefore, they have been obsessed with the idea of how to reduce human population in a way that would not be so obvious as simply going out and carrying out mass-sterilization.

Actually, they have done that in Central America together with the World Health Organization by giving certain vaccines that they cooked-up to have abortive effects.



Related: The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves” & Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted

Therefore, the women of child-bearing age in Central America were given these vaccines against tetanus
.

The organization of the Catholic Church became suspicious because the shots were given only to women, not to men. And they found that there was buried in the vaccine an abortive effect that made it impossible for women to conceive and bear children. This is all covert population reduction.

These are the Western patriarchs who believe they are the gods, sitting on the throne with great dignity, controlling mankind. I think they are a bunch of fools, but they have this agenda of genetic manipulation. It’s against nature, it’s chemically unstable.

And I have to congratulate the Russian Federation that they had the courage and the moral concern for their own population to ban GMO cultivation across Russia.

That was a step forward for mankind. I would hope that Russia will use its influence to get China to do the similar thing, because their agriculture is in dire need of some healthy Russian input. But this step by Russia to make a GMO-free agriculture is a great step for mankind.



This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest


Researchers allege undisclosed conflicts of interest on a National Academies of Sciences panel. About a year ago, the prestigious National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine produced a 584-page report assessing the health, environmental, and agronomic impact of genetically modified crops.



Related:
Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down Into The Cesspool Of Corruption

The conclusion: GMOs have so far proved to be neither a disaster nor a triumph. They haven't been shown to pose a threat to human health, as some critics have argued they do; but they also haven't discernibly raised crop yields, as some boosters insist they have.

Not surprisingly, the report did little to "end the highly polarized dispute over biotech crops," concluded New York Times reporter Andrew Martin in an article just after the report's release. He added that both sides of the debate "pointed approvingly to findings that buttressed their viewpoint and criticized those that did not."

And a paper, published in the peer-reviewed journal PLOS-One, ups the temperature of that long-simmering debate.

The authors - Sheldon Krimsky, a professor in the Department of Urban and Environmental Policy and Planning at Tufts, and Tim Schwab, a researcher at Food & Water Watch - found that 6 of the 20 scientists who contribute to NASEM's GMO report had ties to the ag-biotech industry that weren't disclosed in the paper.



Related: Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted & Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

Five of them "had patents or industry research funding" while they served on the committee, and another one "reported receiving industry research funding" a few years before.

As Krimsky and Schwab note, the NASEM paper states that the GMO assessment, launched only after face-to-face conversations;


"Determined that no one with an avoidable conflict of interest is serving on the committee."

They also uncovered another undisclosed potential conflict: The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine, a nonprofit institution, has had substantial funding from the very companies whose products were assessed in the report:


"The organization's annual financial reports do not give exact figures but note that three leading agricultural biotechnology companies (Monsanto, DuPont, and Dow) have given up to $5 million dollars each to the NASEM."

The National Academies even hosted a 2015 workshop on communicating the science of GMO crops to the public, funded in part by Monsanto and DuPont.



Related: The Teflon Toxin - DuPont And The Chemistry Of Deception

The PLOS-One findings do not invalidate the findings of the GMO assessment, of course. Having a financial interest in an industry does not automatically make a scientist incapable of commenting honestly on that industry's products. Fred Gould, professor of entomology at North Carolina State University and the chair of the committee that wrote the report, defended it in an email.


"The one implicit rule on our committee was that if you wanted something to go into the report, you had to back it up with evidence that was acceptable to everyone on the committee," he wrote.

"No one person could steer the committee with an opinion. I welcome people to scrutinize the accuracy of our report."
(Gould was not one of the six committee members found by the PLOS authors to have industry ties.)

In a statement, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine denied that members of the committee violated conflict-of-interest disclosure norms. NASEM maintains a;


"Stringent, well-defined, and transparent conflict-of-interest policy, with which all members of this study committee complied," the statement reads. "It is unfair and disingenuous for the authors of the PLOS article to apply their own perception of conflict of interest to our committee in place of our tested and trusted conflict-of-interest policies."

However, NASEM's published policy on the topic mentions "patents, copyrights, and other intellectual property" and "research funding and other forms of research support" as potential conflicts of interest.



Related: Eugenics: Population "Control", New World Order Style

William Kearney, deputy executive director and director of media relations for NASEM, said the group sees such relationships as conflicts only when they're worth at least $10,000. By NASEM's reckoning, none of the committee members violated the group's disclosure policy.

All of that said, the undisclosed relationships uncovered by Krimsky and Schwab raise questions about the NASEM's ability to fulfill its mission of providing "nonpartisan, objective guidance for decision makers on pressing issues." And as Krimsky and Schwab also note, the National Academies' problem with conflicts of interest is long-standing.

Back in 2006, the Center for Science in the Public Interest issued a
report finding that nearly a fifth of the scientists appointed to one of the group's panels over a three-year period had "direct financial ties to companies or industry groups with a direct stake in the outcome of that study."



Related Articles:

Elizabeth Holmes’ “Theranos” Fraud Was Actually A Plot To Surveil The Blood And DNA Of Everyone

Los Alamos Research Explains How 5G Terahertz Waves Tear Apart DNA & Why We Must Stop The 5G Wireless Network

5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says Report: Here’s What To Do

Massive Genetic Study Reveals 90 Percent Of Earth’s Animals Appeared At The Same Time

The Human Aura And DNA: How You Choose Your Genes


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Drugs May Be The Problem - Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders
June 9 2022 | From: NaturalBlaze / Sott / Various

I borrowed the title from psychiatrist Peter Breggin’s ground-breaking 1999 book Your Drug May Be Your Problem.



Thousands of Big Pharma whistle-blowers like me, along with millions of other skeptics concerning the alleged safety (now disproven) and alleged efficacy (now disproven) of Big Pharma’s often toxic and often addictive psych drugs, are justifiably concerned with the huge influence that the for-profit, essentially amoral, multinational pharmaceutical corporations have over the medical establishment, including the CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), the FDA (Food and Drug Administration), the NIMH (National Institute of Mental Health) and academic psychiatry.

Related: I Tried to Get Off Ativan

Many whistle-blowers that have been trying to expose the frailties and fraudulence of the psychiatric drug industry regard Dr Breggin as a mentor, and increasingly, many survivors of psychiatric drug addiction and neurotoxicity feel the same. His books occupy a significant section in my personal library.

I have spent many hours reading and studying Breggin’s books.

Over and over again, I have confirmed the veracity of his evidence and applied his insights in my past practice of holistic mental healthcare, where I saw hundreds of patients who had been seriously sickened by and addicted to irrational cocktails of psych drugs, which has been prescribed in trial-and-error experimental fashions.



Related: These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

Sometimes, when all the psych drugs and their combinations and dosages of drugs had been tried and failed (usually making the patient worse), brain-disabling and seizure-inducing electroshock, the ultimate psychiatric method of last resort, was added, with the predictable loss of employability, personality and memory – both short-term and long-term.

Sadly, because Breggin has been such a big threat to the profitability of Big Pharma and the practice of psychiatry, he has unfairly been regarded as a medical heretic, and therefore he, his courageous truth-telling and his books have been essentially black-balled by psychiatrists and the medical establishment.

Despite the fact that his ideas are considered heretical in mainstream psychiatry, his books continue to be inspirational and educational for psychiatric patients who know that they have been sickened and/or made worse by the use of brain-disabling drugs and electroshock.

Breggin is a giant among psychiatric whistle-blowers and a huge thorn in the side of the super-wealthy and obscenely profitable multinational psychopharmaceutical corporations (and much of academic psychiatry).

He has been influential with free-thinking physicians and feared by establishment types ever since his first ground-breaking book was published in 1991.



Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

That book was titled Toxic Psychiatry: Why Therapy, Empathy and Love Must Replace the Drugs, Electroshock and Biochemical Theories of the ‘New Psychiatry’.

Last year was the 25th anniversary of Toxic Psychiatry’s publication and I dedicated a recent seminar that I did in St Paul, MN to him. It needs to be emphasized that Breggin’s books are virtually banned books in polite medical establishment circles. They are rarely found on mainstream book-seller’s store shelves, and they are absent from hospital libraries that are designed for physician education.


“We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth… For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it might cost, I am willing to know the whole truth, to know the worst, and to provide for it.”

- Patrick Henry (1775)


“It would be good for humankind and bad for the fishes if all the drugs were thrown into the sea.”

- Dr. William Osler


“One of the first duties of the physician is to educate the masses not to take medicine…The good physician treats the disease; the great physician treats the patient who has the disease… The person who takes medicine must recover twice, once from the disease and once from the medicine.”

-
Dr. William Osler


“Prozac and its successor antidepressants cause sexual dysfunction in as many as 70% of people taking them.”

-
Dr Loren Mosher

Among the approximately 2 dozen books Dr Breggin has written during his long career as author and practicing psychiatrist (he is still curing patients at age 80) is his Brain-Disabling Treatments in Psychiatry: Drugs, Electroshock and the Role of the FDA (1997, revised in 2008).

That book exposed the corrupted pseudoscience and out-and-out bribery that has enabled the psychopharmaceutical industry to convince the CDC, the FDA, the NIMH, and academic psychiatry (all of which have enormous power in essentially every medical school and major medical clinic in the nation), to thrive by foisting their potentially addictive, potentially brain-damaging and potentially dementia-inducing synthetic psych drugs (and their potentially brain-damaging electroshock “treatments”) onto an unsuspecting, indoctrinated and often naive healthcare industry (and the brain-washed populace).

Pharmaceutical money in the hundreds of millions are showered upon those supposedly independent groups every year.



Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

Corporate, for-profit “science” has not been recognized as pseudoscience and therefore has been spreading, thanks to the propaganda that is repeated endlessly in the popular media that overwhelms the accurate, unbiased neuroscience research that is published (but not read by most physicians) in relatively obscure journals.

Non-corrupted “pure” science that doesn’t rely on Big Pharma money can only be done if the influence of big money isn’t a factor.

And the journal articles written about that science are being written by conscientious and under-funded research scientists who haven’t been bought or co-opted by the pharmaceutical corporations that are collectively known as Big Pharma.

The full title of Dr Breggin’s 1999 book, co-authored with Dr David Cohen, is Your Drug May Be Your Problem: How and Why to Stop Taking Psychiatric Medications.

Psychiatrist William Glasser wrote the following in the forward to the first edition:


"Nowhere does the false medical thinking (that there is a drug cure for almost all common diseases) do more harm than in the modern psychiatric argument that mental illness is easily diagnosed and then cured by a side-effect-free drug.

Nowhere is the correct psychiatric thinking more evident than in the books by Peter Breggin. In them he explains clearly that patients with mental illnesses are in almost all instances suffering from their inability to connect with important people in their lives and need help in making these vital connections.

He supports safe, drug-free counseling as a more effective way to help people, and I enthusiastically agree with this premise."

Psychiatrist Alberto Fergusson wrote:


"This book is one of the most important things that has happened to psychiatry and especially to so-called ‘psychiatric patients’ during this century.

Having worked for more than 20 years with so-called schizophrenics – the main victims of the abuse by prescribed psychiatric drugs – I can say that Breggin and Cohen must be praised for the courage they have had to unmask many pseudo-scientific conclusions frequently present in supposedly scientific literature.”

Psychiatrist Douglas C. Smith endorsed the book with this:


"One hundred years from now, people will read current psychiatric textbooks with the same incredulity we have about blood-letting and snake oil.

Your Drug May Be Your Problem will be remembered as the turning point and as the beacon that showed the way out of these dark days of widespread psychiatric drugging. Breggin and Cohen provide us with critical information we need to know in order to make informed decisions about psychiatric drugs, including when and how to stop taking them.

They present it all within a coherent philosophy of life and health that makes the routing use of psychiatric drugs obsolete. If you have reached that inevitable point of being disillusioned with your psychiatric drug, this book will be your best friend and guide.”



Related: New Study Finds Antidepressants To Be “Largely Ineffective And Potentially Dangerous”

In 2008, another of Breggin’s ground-breaking books was published. It was titled Medication Madness: A Psychiatrist Exposes the Dangers of Mood-altering Medications. The liner notes say:


"Medications for everything from depression and anxiety to (so-called) ADHD and insomnia are being prescribed in alarming numbers across the country, but the “cure” is often worse than the original problem.

“Medication Madness” is a fascinating, frightening and dramatic look at the role that psychiatric medications have played in 50 case histories of suicide, murder, and other violent, criminal and bizarre behaviors…

“Psychiatric drugs frequently cause individuals to lose their judgment and their ability to control their emotions and actions. The book raises and examines the issues surrounding personal responsibility when behavior seems driven by drug-induced adverse reactions and intoxication.

“Many categories of psychiatric drugs can cause potentially horrendous reactions. Prozac, Paxil, Zoloft, Adderall, Ritalin, Concerta, Xanax, lithium, Zyprexa and other psychiatric medications may spellbind patients into believing they are improved when too often they are becoming worse.

Psychiatric drugs drive some people into psychosis, mania, depression, suicide, agitation, compulsive violence and loss of self-control without the individuals realizing that their medications have deformed their way of thinking and feeling.

The book documents how the FDA, the medical establishment and the pharmaceutical industry have oversold the value of psychiatric drugs. The book serves as a cautionary tale about our reliance on potentially dangerous psychoactive chemicals to relieve our emotional problems and provides a positive approach to taking personal charge of our lives.”



The Tragic Story of the Soteria Project and the  Plot to Kill it (A Conspiracy Between Big Pharma, the NIMH and Academic Psychiatry)


“Psychiatry has been almost completely bought out by the drug companies… We’re so busy with drugs that you can’t find a nickel being spent on [non-drug] research.”

- Dr Loren Mosher

Psychiatrist Loren Mosher (who earned degrees from both Harvard and Stanford) was the highly esteemed founder of the experimental “Soteria Project: Community Alternatives for the Treatment of Schizophrenia” from 1971 to 1983.



Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Five years before his untimely death in 2004, Dr Mosher endorsed Breggin’s Your Drug May Be Your Problem. He wrote:


"Confronting current psychiatric drug prescribing practice head-on is a daunting task and we owe Drs Breggin and Cohen a vote of thanks for openly speaking the truth.

Despite what the pharmaceutical companies would have us believe, we don’t need ‘a better life through chemistry.’ This book will help debunk this myth and provide practical advice on how to avoid psychiatric drugs and get off them.”

The Soteria Project proved that patients with first onset psychotic breaks could actually be cured without the need for coercive, in-patient psychiatry or the so-called “anti-psychotic/major tranquilizer” drug treatments that were considered the standard of care in all of America’s in-patient psychiatric facilities.



Related: The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

One only has to recall Jack Nicholson’s psych ward in One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest where everybody was forced to take the authoritarian Nurse Ratched’s Thorazine at “Medication Time”.

Neither Nurse Ratched, the psychiatrists nor the treatment staff working on Randle McMurphy’s  ward had any idea that the antipsychotic drugs that were routinely administered commonly caused permanent iatrogenic brain damage, including tardive dyskinesia, tardive dementia, Parkinson’s disease, brain shrinkage and sexual dysfunction, not to mention a high incidence of the following antipsychotic drug-induced signs and symptoms: akathisia, depression, suicidality, homicidality, disability, unemployability, homelessness, loss of IQ points, chronic constipation, dry mouth, premature death, and general feelings of zombification.

Thorazine, and its sister “first generation” anti-psychotic drugs like Mellaril and Haldol, and every other so-called anti-psychotic drug ever made since then (including the second generation/“atypical” antipsychotics (and even the SSRIs) that wouldn’t come to market until the 1990s, have been found to cause diabetes, obesity, gynecomastia, pituitary dysfunction, cardiac rhythm disturbances, sudden death, etc.



Related: Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

Soteria’s lucky patients had been randomized into the Soteria Project and therefore most of them avoided being falsely labeled as life-long chronic schizophrenics.

Most importantly, most of them didn’t wind up as permanent patients on life-long psych drugs.

If it hadn’t been for the existence of the Soteria Project, they would have instead been sent to a typical coercive Southern California insane asylum, where they were told that they had a non-existent chemical brain imbalance and therefore had to be on dependency-inducing, brain-altering and brain-damaging psychiatric drugs for the rest of their lives.

Because of the luck of the draw many Soteria patients were cured of their temporary psychosis at far less costs of care and without the brain damage.

Some of the Soteria patients went on to lead normal lives following their discharge. In contrast, the vast majority of the patients who had been randomized into the “insane asylums”, wound up chronically drugged with dangerous, untested (for safety) cocktails of drugs, often for the rest of their lives (which were destined to be shortened by 25 years because of the drugs).



Related: The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness

Tragically, especially for the millions of future mis-diagnosed (and therefore mis-treated) so-called “chronic schizophrenics” since then, the Soteria Project was sabotaged by Dr Mosher’s own National Institute of Mental Health.

The obviously unwelcome positive findings that were coming out of the Soteria Project were accurately seen by the establishment types in the NIMH, Big Pharma and Big Psychiatry as an economic threat to their industries, and they had to act to subvert the project. Scandalously, the project was defunded in 1983.


Psychology Professor Tells Truth About Psychiatry - "The Emperor Wears No Clothes"




In a posthumously published book (2004), Dr Mosher and his co-authors describe the highly successful innovative, non-drug therapeutic approach that was given to Soteria’s patients by the young, caring, altruistic, but non-professional staff.

The book was titled Soteria: From Madness to Deliverance. It told the story of the noble experiment that managed to alleviate the temporary mental suffering of some otherwise doomed fellow humans who would have been put at risk of permanent life-long drug-induced disabilities rather than given a chance at a cure.

A good description of the project can be read at Robert Whitaker’s Mad In America website.


"Soteria is the story of a special time, space, and place where young people diagnosed as ‘schizophrenic’ found a social environment where they were related to, listened to, and understood during their altered states of consciousness.

Rarely, and only with consent, did these distressed and distressing persons take ’tranquilizers’. They lived in a home in a California suburb with nonmedical caregivers whose goal was not to ‘do to’ them but to ‘be with’ them.

The place was called ‘Soteria’ (Greek for deliverance), and there, for not much money, most recovered. Although Soteria’s approach was swept away by conventional drug-oriented psychiatry, its humanistic orientation still has broad appeal to those who find the mental health mainstream limited in both theory and practice.”

One can appreciate the anguish that Mosher and all the committed and enthusiastic non-professional healers felt when the NIMH pulled the plug on the experiment. Mosher became disillusioned with the APA and eventually resigned.


Loren Mosher’s 1998 Letter of Resignation from the APA: “I want no part of it anymore.”

Here are excerpts from Mosher’s letter of resignation from the APA, a professional trade and lobbying organization to which he had been a long-time member. For good reason, he called the APA the American Psychopharmaceutical Association.



Related: Ten Psychological Behavior Tips That Can Make Your Life Easier

He unintentionally outlines in his resignation letter the well-known strategy of how dysfunctional organizations often try to get rid of their best people (especially the creative and talented ones who also happen to be a threat to the less competent and ingrained upper management types whose positions of power, influence and seniority may be at risk).

Making life miserable for promising up-and-coming employees is commonly orchestrated by threatened superiors by demoralizing the subordinates into quitting the organization.

Such cowardly attacks can avoid controversy and legal entanglements. Mosher felt the pressure and logically resigned, saying “I want no part of it anymore”. Here is some of Mosher’s resignation letter:


"The trouble began in the late 1970s when I conducted a controversial study: I opened a program — Soteria House - where newly diagnosed schizophrenic patients lived medication-free with a young, nonprofessional staff trained to listen to and understand them and provide companionship.

The idea was that schizophrenia can often be overcome with the help of meaningful relationships, rather than with drugs, and that such treatment would eventually lead to unquestionably healthier lives.

“The experiment worked better than expected. Over the initial six weeks, patients recovered as quickly as those treated with medication in hospitals.

“The results of the study were published in scores of psychiatric journals, nursing journals and books, but the project lost its funding and the facility was closed. Amid the storm of controversy that followed, control of the research project was taken out of my hands.

I also faced an investigation into my behavior as chief of the National Institute of Mental Health’s Center for Studies of Schizophrenia and was excluded from prestigious academic events.

By 1980, I was removed from my post altogether. All of this occurred because of my strong stand against the overuse of medication and disregard for drug-free, psychological interventions to treat psychological disorders.

“I soon found a less politically sensitive position at the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences in Maryland. Eight years later, I re-entered the political arena as the head of the public mental health system in Montgomery County, Md., but not without a fight from friends of the drug industry.

The Maryland Psychiatric Society asked that a state pharmacy committee review my credentials and prescribing practices to make sure that Montgomery County patients would receive proper (read: drug) treatments.

In addition, a pro-drug family advocacy organization arranged for more than 250 furious letters to be sent to the elected county executive who had hired me. Fortunately, my employers were not drug industry-dominated, so I kept my position.

“Why does the world of psychiatry find me so threatening? Because drug companies pour millions of dollars into the pockets of psychiatrists around the country, making them reluctant to recognize that drugs may not always be in the best interest of their patients.

They are too busy enjoying drug company perks: consultant gigs, research grants, fine wine and fancy meals

“Pharmaceutical companies pay through the nose to get their message across to psychiatrists across the country. They finance symposia at the two predominant annual psychiatric conventions, offer yummy treats and music to conventioneers, and pay $1,000-$2,000 per speaker to hock their wares.

It is estimated that, in total, drug companies spend an average of $10,000 per physician, per year, just on “education”.

“And, of course, the doctors-for-hire tell only half the story. How widely is it known, for example, that Prozac and its successor antidepressants cause sexual dysfunction in as many as 70% of people taking them?…

“Recently, it was dues-paying time for the American Psychiatric Association, and I sat there looking at the form. I thought about the unholy alliance between the APA and the drug industry.

I thought about how consumers are being affected by this alliance, about the overuse of medication, about side effects and about alternative treatments.

I thought about how irresponsibly some of my colleagues are acting toward the general public and the mentally ill. And I realized, I want no part of it anymore.”

The demise of the Soteria Project is just another of the multitude of daily examples of amoral, non-human, sociopathic corporations doing what is best for their bottom line and not what is best for the people that are targets of their dangerous products. We are all poorer for their actions.



Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

Dr. Toby Watson, a clinical psychologist is the former Chief Psychologist for the State of Wisconsin Department of Corrections, and the past International Executive Director of the International Society of Ethical Psychology and Psychiatry (ISEPP).



He is an outspoken critic of psychiatric industry's claim that mental disorders are biological or medical conditions despite the fact there are no scientific or medical tests to back up this claim.


Related: “Collective Narcissism” And The “Dark Triad”: Those Who Protest Against The “Official” Covid-19 Narrative Are Categorized As “Psychopaths”: Is It A Witch Hunt? + Is The World Adopting The Ways Of Nazi Germany?

He has submitted written testimony and research to the FDA on the dangers of SSRI antidepressants and Electroshock; he has testified before the Congress of Mexico against psychotropic drugging of children and for 15 years has educated the courts and people about the harmful outcomes of psychiatric treatment, including how psychotropic drugs can cause violent and suicidal behavior.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC
June 8 2022 | From: JonRappoport / NaturalNews

Over the years, during my investigations of deep medical fraud, I’ve uncovered diagnostic tests that are wrong-headed, misleading, and fallacious.



1: Antibody test. This is given to detect the presence of a specific germ in a human. However, prior to 1985, a positive test was generally taken as a sign of good health: the patient’s immune system detected the germ and defeated it.

Related: Scandal: MRI Brain-Imaging Completely Unreliable

However, after 1985, public health agencies and doctors reversed field. They claimed a positive test showed the person was ill or was going to become ill. No true science backed up this claim.

In fact, a vaccine purportedly produces antibodies and, therefore, is said to confer immunity - but the very same antibodies, generated naturally by the body, signal illness. This is absurd.

2: The PCR test. The Polymerase Chain Reaction tests for the presence of virus in a patient. It takes a tiny sample, which technicians assume is a genetic piece of a virus far too small to observe, and amplifies it many times, so it can be identified.



Related: Faking Medical Reality

But in order to cause disease in a human, a huge quantity of virus (easily observed without the PCR) needs to be present. Therefore, a PCR test-result indicates nothing about disease - except that medical personnel couldn’t find enough virus in a person, to begin with, to assume the person was ill or would become ill.

3: MRI brain imaging. As I reported this morning, a significant bug in the software had been discovered in 2015. The software, not medical personnel, is responsible for creating the brain images. Therefore, 40,000 published papers relying on MRI results have been invalidated.

4: All tests resulting in a diagnosis of any of the 300 officially certified mental disorders. There are no definitive tests. No blood, saliva, hair tests. No genetic assays. No brain scans. All so-called mental disorders are diagnosed on the basis of consulting menus of behaviors. This is pseudoscience.

5: All tests designed to assess the effectiveness of vaccines. The only marker is: does the vaccine produce antibodies in a human. But antibodies are only one aspect of the immune system. They aren’t the whole picture. There are numerous studies that reveal vaccinated persons coming down with the disease against which they were supposedly protected.



Related: Doctors Who Discovered Cancer Enzymes In Vaccines All Found Murdered

Food for thought: “Publications by the World Health Organization show that diphtheria is steadily declining in most European countries, including those in which there has been no immunization. The decline began long before vaccination was developed.

There is certainly no guarantee that vaccination will protect a child against the disease; in fact, over 30,000 cases of diphtheria have been recorded in the United Kingdom in fully immunized children.” (Leon Chaitow, Vaccination and Immunization, p. 58.)”

6: Unsupported claims from public health officials. No tests at all. For example, at the height of the so-called Swine Flu epidemic, in the fall of 2009, the CDC secretly stopped counting cases in America.

Why? Because the overwhelming percentage of blood samples taken from the most likely Swine Flu patients, sent to labs, were coming back with no trace of Swine Flu or any other kind of flu.



Related: Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”

In other words, the epidemic was a dud and a hoax. Based on this vacuum of evidence, the CDC went on to estimate that, in America, there were 22 MILLION cases of Swine Flu.

But don’t worry, be happy. Keep your mouth shut and obey all doctors’ orders.



Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

One of the most explosive books you’ll ever read that documents the shocking criminal enterprise known as the CDC - including details of fraud, cover-ups and embezzlement - is called Master Manipulator - The Explosive True Story of Fraud Embezzlement and Government Betrayal at the CDC by James Ottar Grundvig. You can find the book at this Barnes & Noble link.



The book is published by Skyhorse Publishing, which I consistently find to be the single most courageous publisher of truth books in America. Time and time again, so many of the best titles exposing fraud, corruption and criminality inside the “status quo” are published by Skyhorse.

Related: Australia Now Refuses To Treat Unvaccinated - Fast Tracking Fascism

The foreward for Master Manipulator is written by none other than Sharyl Attkisson, and the introduction is penned by Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. who states:


"
This is a story of how CDC used a con man to gull the public and ended up getting conned itself! Poul Thorsen is a world-class villain whose manipulation of health data gave CDC and big pharma what they wanted: a report clearing thimerosal of any possible role in the autism crisis.

His story merits a book length expose because the fraud he casually helped orchestrate has had a monumental impact on the health of millions of children globally.
"

Master Manipulator is a must-read for anyone hoping to be truly informed about the depths of criminality and fraud inside the CDC, “science” and the vaccine industry. One section in particular is especially noteworthy.

It’s called the “Vaccine Deep State.” I’m reprinting part of that section of the book below. Buy the book yourself at Barnes & Noble to read more. (RELATED: Follow more news about the deep state at DeepState.news.)


The Vaccine Deep State

The monolith of the CDC-FDA-NIH is supposed to be separated by a divide with the big pharma vaccine producers. But since the NIH rejected the Swedish scientist’s brief that all thimerosal should be removed from vaccines in 1992, there has been little to no separation of powers, policies, messaging, or enforcement between government oversight and industry manufacturers.



Related: “National Call-In Day” Announced for Vaccine Safety and Reform: March 30th

The separation of church and state doesn’t exist anymore in the vaccine industry, not with Vaccine Court squashing all comers, the Dick Armey “Lilly Rider” slipped into the 2002 Homeland Security Act, and the FDA’s approval to double the doses of aluminum adjuvants in several vaccines.

Vaccines today are part of a program rife with ROT and deception.

In a September 2007 hearing by the Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions for “Thimerosal and Autism Spectrum Disorders: Alleged Misconduct - this was a case of one hand washing the other.

It read: While the five studies in question may have varying connections to the CDC and/or vaccine manufacturers, their value to consideration of an alleged link between vaccines and autism is a matter for the experts of the ISR Committee, and not for Congress.

What the findings got wrong by one half of the government to keep Congress in its place, since they were not qualified to review scientific data, as good as the “experts” that false assertion was nothing more than a ruse, a smokescreen.



Related: The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists, Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

What Congress needs to do is evaluate the human side of this tragedy and ongoing fraud. It has nothing to do with science - no scientific expertise is required, just the nose to follow the money.

It has everything to do with corruption, cover-up, relentless greed, pulling the ripcords on golden parachutes, shielding vaccine makers from harm, all while exposing millions of babies, children, and people around the world to great harm.

Congress needs only to examine agendas, follow the email trails, and begin to pull the weeds that have infested the CDC, FDA, and NIH lawn, removing all of the ROT as they should have done in 1990 with the Agent Orange finding.

Had they done that, then maybe Coleen Boyle would have become a librarian instead of the director of NCBDDD, and Diana Schendel would have done good collaborative studies instead of the studies that had a fixed objective to show no association, and maybe Poul Thorsen wouldn’t have been invited to come to the CDC as a visiting professor or been able to secure funding for the cooperative agreements because the “hunt for good data” never would have taken place.

Why is it so hard for mainstream media, independent journalists, and government officials on both sides of the aisle to grasp the dangers of micro small toxins?



Related: Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

If they believe that the unseen greenhouse gas particulates and molecules can superheat the world and change climate, why is it so hard to believe that traces of mercury and aluminum in vaccines have harmed so many once promising, healthy children for the past two decades?

If a grown man can die from a tiny amount of venom in a bee sting, then why is it so hard to believe that trace amounts of metals in babies who weight from seven to twenty-five pounds can have adverse reactions to being injected with toxins, especially when all of their bodies - from the central nervous and immune systems to the brain and lungs - are under development?



Related: The Top Four Reasons Why Many People, Doctors And Scientists Refuse To Take The COVID Vaccine & A New Zealand Doctor Speaks Out Against COVID Policies

“Less is more” is a motto that our politicians need to take up with the Vaccine Deep State and rein it in. If they cannot do it, don’t have the will to do it, don’t have the balls to do it, or won’t expend the political capital to do it, a tipping point will soon one day force there hand.

When will that occur? When 1 in 40 babies are born on the spectrum? One in 25 babies born? How about 1 in 10?

Will the rate of autism incidence have to soar to that sky high number for our government to react and belatedly realize that the autism epidemic has been real all along, and its long-over due to do something about it?

The next generation, who will be born over the next decade, is awaiting your call to action. Will you act?


Related Articles:

The Corruption Of Evidence Based Medicine?-Killing For Profit

1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web

The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine


NZ Lawyer Tells Prime Minister Her Pfizer Vaccine Claims Are Misleading And Deceptive + Massive Anti-Lockdown Protests Rage Worldwide

Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' - “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year
June 7 2022 | From: TheExpose / ThePulse / TheEpochTimes / Various

Recently New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out with Science (“NZDSOS”) published an open letter on the need to investigate deaths following vaccination, of which “an unredacted version is being prepared for the Police.”



NZDSOS is a group of doctors, dentists, pharmacists and veterinarians and has formed alliances with other groups both locally and internationally: “We are not alone. We are one of many.”

Related: New Zealand and WHO: partnering for a healthier future

“We appeal AGAIN to the Police, headed by Andrew Coster, and our MPs, to intervene to protect the People,” NZDSOS states in their letter titled ‘Deaths Following C-19 Vaccination’.


"There is a shockingly large burden of deaths and injuries following the Covid-19 vaccines, of itself and compared to any other treatment or vaccine in modern times.

We report many cases that DEMAND proper investigation, as befits any medication lacking safety studies
.

Our surveillance systems have been disabled in order to hide the extent of harm. Adverse event reporting is NOT COMPULSORY, and this alone undermines any attempt to portray the injections as safe.

Children and young people are dying and suffering particularly cardiac injuries (though many healthy elderly have died too), whilst their risk from covid-19 is particularly low. We believe we are being lied to. We present many cases halfway down this post."

- Deaths Following C-19 Vaccination: Deaths by Regulators, What More Can We Say and Do? NZDSOS, 24 May 2022

Health Forum New Zealand, a community group of volunteers, has been maintaining a database of deaths and injuries following Covid injections, ‘The Citizen’s Database: Deaths & Injuries’ (“Citizen’s Database”).

The database has been built mainly from notifications by relatives, friends and health workers of people who have died following the Covid injections.



Related: Dr Canaday’s Freedom Fight

The Health Forum volunteers have backgrounds in healthcare, science and information technology, and have received training and support from epidemiology and database professionals.

“The volunteers who collate the reports work hard to verify their accuracy, and it is often months for the complete or important details to be obtained,” NZDSOS’s letter states.


"The Citizen’s Database is the result of an alarming lack of official response to the clear pattern of significant harm from the Pfizer injection program.

Children and adults of all ages continue to die and be injured in appalling numbers around the world and here at home.”


- The Citizen’s Database: Deaths & Injuries, NZDSOS

“It is absolutely essential that some sort of register is kept since the product is experimental, reporting systems around the world were already showing very alarming signals even before our NZ rollout began, and these have continued to do so.

Most astonishingly, it is not mandatory for health workers to report vaccine side effects here in NZ.

In fact, it is true to say that we are lacking an effective regime of pharmacovigilance entirely for this single reason only, given that this IS an experimental drug trial,”
NZDSOS’s letter notes.



Related: Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”

At the time of writing, the Citizen’s Database had recorded nearly 500 deaths in New Zealand post-Covid injections.

At the end of their open letter, NZDSOS lists about a third of these deaths.


“Note just how many dead people are young, children even, and suffer sudden, unexpected deaths, typically from blood clots affecting brain or heart,” writes NZDSOS.

After listing several reasons why this is happening, including a section titled ‘Blood Money?’, NZDSOS answers the question: Put it all together and what have you got?



NZDSOS: Deaths Following C-19 Vaccination, 24 May 2022

Related: Better To Get Hurt By The Truth Than Comforted With A Lie + The Pfizer Vaccine Only Has 1,291 Side Effects!

NZDSOS concludes: “There is an evolving humanitarian crisis, and the government, police, vaccine industry and most doctors are lost at sea. For God’s sake, people, let’s make our police and MPs put a stop to this now!”

About halfway through their letter NZDSOS dedicated a section directed to the Police (see below).


To The New Zealand Police, Who Have the Actual Patient’s Names, We Say This:

It is not enough to hide behind apparently controlled, failed or corrupted government institutions.

You are here to defend the public good. Period. You are supposed to know wrong from right; lies from truth.

You have ignored 3 open letters from our legal colleagues discussing vaccine harms, and alleging serious vaccine contamination.

Evidence we have submitted that alleges the same and suggesting criminal dereliction by the Medsafe regulator has been denied by Police commanders, who say it does not reach a standard representing harm.

Yes, it is all indeed “preposterous”. They shelter behind Medsafe’s responsibility to investigate but they refuse to act in the face of it’s inaction. As we have said before, your vaccinated staff belong to the wider citizenry receiving these contaminated products. 

We are alleging death by regulatory failure, as you know. You will see in the summarised death reports (representing a third of over 450 available) that there are some allegations of professionals and Police deviating from the usual processes that should follow a possible death from medical treatment.




Related: All In The (Mahuta) Family

Of course, the unredacted list we give you is absolutely confidential except as needed for your formal investigations. 

If one human being can behave in a compromised way in organisations where control and intimidation come down from on high, it is very likely – inevitable even – that many others will too, thus enabling a system-wide collusion that may not be obvious to individual actors, who see themselves ‘just a cog in the wheel’.

Some of these people do feel a personal or collective guilt, so then an instinct to press on, to keep quiet, enabled by their superiors and being in far too deep to pull back or speak out by this stage.

We have spoken to a few workers who are convinced their lives would be at risk if they go public, even with whistle-blower protection laws.

A few claim they have precedents for these views, which is truly shocking for us to hear. May these people have a safe arena in which to tell their stories soon.

Plenty of evidence has gone to file number 220215/0669. Here is some more. We allege fraud on the PCR test. This evidence is now a year old but Dr Jessica Rose, a statistician, has just used the Wayback machine to show real-time scrubbing of incriminating evidence of pre-planning.

Here at home, through Official Information Act requests; by following the course of individual reports made to CARM; and by questioning individuals involved, we say there is enough deception, denial, obfuscation and opacity to suspect cover-ups of evidence of harms, even down to the of deleting injury reports made by patients directly to Medsafe and MoH itself.



Related: What We Learned From Hating the Unvaccinated

We know that the MoH pre-screens reports of injury and deletes some before sending the rest on to the Centre for Adverse Drug Monitoring (CARM), a private organisation headed by Professor Michael Tatley at Otago University.

Both he and MoH each say the other has final responsibility for attribution of vaccine to the injury, but there are other individual players, committees and apparent ‘black box’ mechanisms to complicate things further. 

If you wanted, you could simply interrogate the government’s Covid Immunisation Register (CIR) and cross-check against the Register of Births and Deaths. Or we will do it if you can get us access to the raw data. But we see you are busy recruiting your new “Covid enforcers” to start 1st September.

Wouldn’t it be better to train more detectives to investigate all these deaths, and find any criminals responsible? Or are they somehow protected?

The above are a few extracts from a lengthy letter filled with important information.  Please read the full letter, ‘Deaths Following C-19 Vaccination’, HERE, especially if you are in New Zealand or have friends or family that live there.


Related Articles:

The Effect of Pandemic Psychosis on Economic Conditions

New Study Links C0VID Vaxxines to 25% Increase in Cardiac Arrest for Both Males & Females

COVID Vaccine Blood Clot Issue ‘May Be in the Hundreds,’ but ‘Heart Issue Is in the Thousands’: Cardiologist

Blood Clots May Be the Root Cause of All Heart Disease

Young Males Have Highest Risk of Heart Damage From Pfizer, Moderna Vaccines, Large Study Confirms

UK Toddlers Unable to Speak or Play Properly Due to COVID-19 Lockdowns

Dr. Perro to Fellow Pediatricians: ‘Rise Up, Take a Stance’ Against COVID Vaccines for Kids

Is SARS-CoV-2 Spike Protein Related to the Hepatitis in Children Outbreak? Here’s What We Know

Cases of Brain Damage in Children Skyrocket Following COVID-19 Vaccines

Admission That Pandemic Lockdowns Were A Total Disaster For Children



A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness

The World Health Organization (WHO), whose constitution defines health as ‘a state of physical, mental and social well-being, not merely the absence of disease or infirmity,’ has recently orchestrated remarkable reversals in human rights, poverty reduction, education, and physical, mental and social health indices in the name of responding to the Covid-19 pandemic. 



WHO proposes to expand the mechanisms that enabled this response, diverting unprecedented resources to addressing what in terms of history and disease are rare and relatively low-impact events.


Related: WHO pandemic treaty would mean ‘the abolition of democracy’

This will greatly benefit those who also did well from the Covid-19 outbreak, but has different implications for the rest of us. To address it calmly and rationally, we need to understand it.


Building a New Pandemic Industry

The World Health Organization (WHO) and its Member States, in concert with other international institutions, is proposing, and currently negotiating, two instruments to address pandemics and widely manage aspects of global public health.

Both will significantly expand the international bureaucracy that has grown over the past decade to prepare for, or respond to, pandemics, with particular emphasis on development and use of vaccines. 

This bureaucracy would be answerable to the WHO, an organization that in turn is increasingly answerable, through funding and political influence, from private individuals, corporations and the large authoritarian States.

These proposed rules and structures, if adopted, would fundamentally change international public health, moving the center of gravity from common endemic diseases to relatively rare outbreaks of new pathogens, and building an industry around it that will potentially be self-perpetuating. 



Related: The WHO And The Pandemic Preparedness Treaty + Nuremberg, 1947 & More

In the process, it will increase external involvement in areas of decision-making that in most constitutional democracies are the purview of elected governments answerable to their population.

WHO does not clearly define the terms ‘pandemic’ and ‘public health emergency’ that these new agreements, intended to have power under international law, seek to address.

Implementation will depend on the opinion of individuals – the Director General (DG) of the WHO, Regional Directors and an advisory committee that they can choose to follow or ignore. 

As a ‘pandemic’ in WHO parlance does not include a requirement of severity but simply broad spread – a property common to respiratory viruses – this leaves a lot of room for the DG to proclaim emergencies and set the wheels in motion to repeat the sort of pandemic responses we have seen trialed in the past 2 years

Responses that have been unprecedented in their removal of basic peace-time human rights, and that the WHO, Unicef and other United Nations (UN) agencies have acknowledged to cause widespread harm.





Watch + Share This Critical Video on IHR Amendments + WHO's Global Pandemic Treaty

We must not let unelected WHO officials gain control with unfettered authority to make health decisions for the world + usurp every nation-state's sovereignty.





Related: Bill Gates Lays Out Plan for Global Takeover




This has potential to be a boon for Big Pharma and their investors who have done so well out of the last two years, concentrating private wealth whilst increasing national indebtedness and reversing prior progress on poverty reduction. 

However, it is not something that has just appeared, and is not going to make us slaves before the month is out. If we are to address this issue and restore societal sanity and balance in public health, we need to understand what we are dealing with.


Proposed International Health Regulations (IHR) Amendments

The IHR amendments, proposed by the United States, build on the existing IHR that were introduced in 2005 and are binding under international law.



Related: Stop the Treaty

While many are unaware of their existence, the IHR already enables the WHO DG to declare public health emergencies of international concern, and thereby recommend measures to isolate countries and restrict movement of people.


The draft amendments include proposals to:

Establish an ‘emergency committee’ to assess health threats and outbreaks and recommend responses.

Establish a ‘Country review mechanism’ to assess compliance of countries with various recommendations / requirements of WHO regarding pandemic preparedness, including surveillance and reporting measures. This appears to be modeled on the UN’s human rights country review mechanism. Countries would then be issued with requirements to be addressed to bring them into compliance where their internal programs are considered inadequate, on the request of another State party (country).

Expand the power of the WHO DG to declare pandemics and health emergencies, and therefore recommend border closures, interruption and removal of rights to travel and potentially internal ‘lockdown’ requirements and send teams of WHO personnel to countries to investigate outbreaks, irrespective of the findings of the emergency committee and without consent of the country where the instance is recorded.

Reduce the usual review period for countries to internally discuss and opt out of such mechanisms to just 6 months (rather than 18 months for the original IHR), and then implement them after a 6-month notice period.

Empower Regional Directors, of which there are 6, to declare regional ‘public health emergencies,’ irrespective of a decision by the DG.


These amendments will be discussed and voted on at the World Health Assembly on May 22-28, 2022. They only require only a simple majority of countries present to come into law, consistent with Article 60 of the WHO constitution.

For clarity, this means countries such as Niue, with 1,300 people, have an equal weight on the voting floor as India, with 1.3 billion people.

Countries must then signal intent to opt out of the new amendments within 6 months.



Related: NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

Once approved by the WHA, these measures will become legally binding.

There will be heavy pressure applied to governments to comply with the dictates of the WHO DG and the unelected bureaucrats that comprise the organization, and thereby also the external actors who are influential in WHO decision-making processes.


Proposed WHO Pandemic ‘Treaty’

The WHO proposes a new ‘instrument’ to allow it to manage pandemics, with force of a convention under international law.

This has been formally discussed within WHO since early 2021, and a special session of the WHA in November 2021 recommended it go to a review process, with a draft to be presented to the World Health Assembly meeting in Q2 2023. 


This proposed treaty would give WHO powers to:

Investigate epidemics within countries,

Recommend or even require border closures,

Potentially recommend travel restrictions on individuals,

Impose measures recommended by the WHO which, based on Covid-19 experience, may include ‘lockdowns,’ prevention of employment, disruption of family life and internal travel, and mandated masks and vaccination,

Involve non-state actors (e.g., private corporations) in data gathering and predictive modeling to influence and guide pandemic responses; and in implementing, including providing commodities for, the response;

Impose censorship through control of, or restrictions on, information the WHO considers to be ‘mis-information’ or ‘dis-information’, which may include criticism of the measures WHO imposes.


Notably, it envisions the setting up of a large entity within WHO to support permanent staff whose purpose is to undertake and enforce the above measures.

This sounds very similar to the ‘GERM’ entity proposed recently by Mr Bill Gates, a wealthy US software developer with major pharmaceutical investments, who is the second largest funder of the WHO and one of a number of ‘billionaires’ who have greatly increased personal wealth during the Covid-19 response.




Digital Tyranny and the QR Code. The WHO Pandemic Treaty is the Back Door to “Global Governance”

“The World Health Organization has started drafting a Global Pandemic Treaty on pandemic preparedness that would grant WHO absolute power over global biosecurity, such as the power to implement digital identities / vaccine passports, mandatory vaccinations, travel restrictions, lockdowns, standardized medical care and more.

This Pandemic Treaty, if implemented, will change the global landscape and strip you and me of some of our most basic rights and freedoms.

Make no mistake, the WHO Pandemic Treaty is a direct attack on the sovereignty of its member states, as well as a direct attack on your bodily autonomy.”


- Peter Koenig





Related:
Infertility. Dr Andrew Wakefield explains 'WHO' dunnit and his new film to Clive de Carle




The proposed treaty would prioritize vertical structures and pharmaceutical approaches to pandemics, reflecting approaches by Gavi and CEPI, two organizations set up in the past decade in parallel to the WHO.

It would create another bureaucratic structure on pandemics, not answerable directly to any taxpayer base, but imposing further support, reporting and compliance requirements.


Process, Acceptance and Implementation

These two mechanisms for increasing direct WHO control of pandemics have strong backing from private sector funders of the WHO, and from many national governments, starting with Western governments who adopted Covid draconian measures.

To come into practice they must be adopted by the WHA and then be agreed, or ratified, by national governments. 

The proposed IHR amendments modify an existing mechanism. A simple majority of States present at the WHA voting against them at the May 2022 meeting would also reject them, but this appears unlikely.



Related: Sen. Malcolm Roberts: Forced Vaccination Is Part Of New WHO Treaty

To prevent their application, sufficient individual countries will need to signal non-acceptance or reservations after the coming WHA and WHO DG’s notice of adoption, so probably before the end of November 2022. 

With regard to the proposed treaty, a two-thirds majority at the 2023 WHA will be required for its adoption, after which it will be subject to national ratification by processes which vary according to national norms and constitutions. 

Funding for the large increase in bureaucracy proposed to support both mechanisms will be necessary – this may be partially diverted from other disease areas but will almost certainly require new, regular funding.

Other mechanisms in parallel are already being discussed, with the World Bank also proposed as the home for a similar bureaucracy to manage pandemic preparedness, and the G20 mulling their own mechanism. 

It is unclear whether these would be tied into the WHO’s proposed treaty and IHR mechanisms or be presented as a ‘rival’ approach.

The G20 task force of the WB and WHO suggest a $10.5 billion additional annual budget for pandemic preparedness is required.

With such potential financing on offer, and the promise of building powerful institutions around this pandemic preparedness agenda, there is going to be much enthusiasm and momentum, not least from institutional staff and the global health community in general, who will sense lucrative employment and grant opportunities.




The Plan. WHO Plans to Have 10 Years of Pandemics (2020-2030). “Proof that the Pandemic was Planned with a Purpose”

THE PLAN shows the official agenda of the World Health Organization to have ten years of ongoing pandemics, from 2020 to 2030.

This is revealed by a WHO virologist, Marion Koopmans. You will also see shocking evidence that the first pandemic was planned and abundantly announced right before it happened.



Related:
Just How Bad Will The WHO ‘Pandemic Treaty’ Be?




While all this depends on money being available, a refusal of countries to fund may not be sufficient to prevent it, as there is considerable private and corporate interest in the treaty and related proposals.

The same entities that benefited heavily financially from the Covid-19 response will also stand to benefit from an increased frequency of similar responses. 

Whilst pandemics are historically rare, the existence of a large bureaucracy dependent on their declaration and response, coupled with the clear gains to be made by influential funders of the WHO, raise a strong risk that the bar to declaring emergencies, and imposing human rights restrictions on States, will be far lower than before.

Independent States are not however directly subject to the WHO, and adopting these amendments and treaties will not automatically allow the WHO to send teams across borders.

Treaties must be ratified according to national processes and constitutions. If accepted by the WHA, it will however be difficult for individual States to avoid compliance unless they are particularly influential on the WHO itself.

International financial agencies, such as the IMF and World Bank, can also exert considerable pressure on non-complying States, potentially tying loans to implementation and commodity purchase as the World Bank has done for the COVID-19 response. 



Related: The WHO “Stealth Coup” to Dictate Global Health Agenda of Gates, Big Pharma

The IHR amendments also allow measures to be taken such as interrupting international travel that can be economically very harmful to small States, irrespective of the State providing permission.

Powerful States that are highly influential on the DG election may also in practice be subject to different levels of implementation than smaller ones.

There seems at least two feasible scenarios for preventing the adoption of the two new mechanisms. 

Firstly, the populations in democratic donor States, who have most to lose in terms of autonomy, sovereignty and human rights and whose taxes will predominantly fund these institutions, can stimulate open debate leading to decisions of national governments to reject the treaty at the WHA, and/or otherwise refuse to ratify

Secondly, large blocs of countries could refuse to ratify or subsequently comply, making the treaty and IHR amendments unworkable.

The latter is conceivable if, for instance, African nations perceive all this as a form of neo-colonialism that needs to be fought in the name of independence.



WHO Logo




WHO Flag

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #42. World Health Organisation (WHO)


Some Background on Pandemic Risk, and the WHO

What is the risk of pandemics?


WHO records 5 pandemics in the past 120 years:

The Spanish Flu (1918-19), killed 20-509 million people. Most died due to secondary bacterial infection, as this was before availability of any modern antibiotics. 

The 1957-58 influenza outbreaks that killed about 1.1 million people each

The 1968-69 influenza outbreak that also killed about 1.1 million

Swine Flu in 2009-10 killed about 120,000 to 230,000. 

Lastly, COVID-19 (2020-22) is recorded by WHO as contributing to the death of several million, but most in old age with other severe comorbidities, so actual figures are difficult to assess. As this indicates. 


Pandemics have therefore been rare – once per generation.

For context, cancer kills many more people each year in Western countries than Covid-19 at its height, tuberculosis kills 1.6 million people every year (much younger than Covid-19) and malaria kills over half a million children annually (barely affected by COVID-19)

However, as pandemics are very loosely defined by WHO, it Is not unreasonable to assume that a large bureaucracy dependent on pandemics to justify its own existence, and heavily invested in surveillance for new strains of virus, will find reason to declare far more pandemics in the future.



Related: WHO Forced Into Humiliating Backdown Over IHR Amendments in Geneva


Pandemic Response

COVID-19 is the first pandemic in which mass lockdowns, including border closures, workplace closures and prolonged school closures, have been used on a large scale.

It is worth remembering that 1969 is remembered for the Woodstock music festival more than the ‘Hong Kong flu,’ a pandemic that targeted young people more than Covid-19.

Human rights and economic health did not suffer such declines in any of these prior events.

These new approaches used in the Covid-19 response have resulted in wide disruption of supply lines and healthcare access, increases in early marriage / enslavement of women, mass loss of education of children, and increases in current financial inequality and educational (so future) inequality.

Many low-income countries have increased debt and undergone recession, which will reduce future life expectancy, while child deaths have increased, including from former priority diseases such as malaria. 



Related: The Global Digital ID Surveillance Plan Accelerates - Urgent Resistance Needed & Banned Film Exposes The Real Reason For The COVID Pandemic


What is WHO, and Who Owns or Runs It?

The WHO (the World Health Organization) was set up in the late 1940s, to coordinate health standards and data sharing internationally, including support for the response to pandemics. It is the main health agency of the United Nations Organization (UN).

It provides some support for low-income country health systems where local technical expertise is lacking. 

It has country offices in most countries, 6 regional offices, and a global office in Geneva. It is a hierarchical organization, with the Director General (DG) at its head. It has a few thousand staff (depending on definition) and a budget of roughly $3.5 billion a year.

The WHO is controlled in theory by the member nations (most UN members, and a couple of others), on a one country-one vote basis through the World Health Assembly, that usually meets annually.

As example, India, with 1.3 billion people, has the same power on the voting floor as Nuie, with 1,300 people. The WHA elects the DG through a 4-yearly vote that is often heavily accompanied by lobbying by major countries. 


WHO funding was originally nearly all derived from member countries, who contributed to the ‘core’ budget. WHO would then decide on priorities for expenditure, guided by the WHA. In the past 2 decades, there has been a significant change in funding:

1.
A rapid increase in private funding, from individuals and corporations. Some is direct, some indirect through parallel international health organizations (Gavi, Cepi) that are heavily privately funded. The second largest contributor to the WHO budget is now a private couple in the United States heavily invested in the international pharmaceutical sector and in software / digitization services.

2.
The budget has moved from mainly core funding, to mainly ‘directed’ funding, in which the funder specifies the area in which the funding can be used, and sometimes the actual activities to be undertaken. The WHO therefore becomes a conduit for their funds to undertake their intended activities. Both country private funders heavily use this directed approach.


The WHO therefore retains under overall control of an assembly of countries, but day-to-day priorities are increasingly directed by single countries and private interests.

Former strong rules on conflict of interest regarding private sector involvement are less externally obvious now, with WHO working more closely with private and corporate sector entities. 

See Source Article for reference documents.


Related Articles:

Biden Ammendments Defeated at the WHO

The WEF Great Reset "Snakes" Are Slithering Together in Davos

Elites Meet to Plan Your Health: The Role of the Council on Foreign Relations

44,821 Dead 4,351,483 Injured Following COVID-19 Vaccines in European Database of Adverse Reactions

Thousands of Deaths and Adverse Reactions Deleted From VAERS

CDC Plans to Stop Reporting Suspected COVID Cases to Ease Burden


Microplastics From Masks Found Deep in Lungs of the Living

China-Made COVID-19 Vaccines May Contribute to Leukemia, Say Families of Chinese Diagnosed With Illness

3 Powerful Tools to Help Overcome the Emotional Toll of the Pandemic

Any virus Destroyed with Ease

Infectious Disease Doctor Shares COVID and Jab Self-Healing Tool Everyone Should Know

COVID Jab Spike Remains in Body, Affects DNA: 1 Holistic Way to Repair DNA and Reduce Spike Damage




Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

Elite media outlets around the world are on red alert over the world’s first-ever global outbreak of Monkeypox in mid-May 2022 - just one year after an international biosecurity conference in Munich held a simulation of a “global pandemic involving an unusual strain of Monkeypox beginning in mid-May 2022.


Monkeypox was first identified in 1958, but there’s never been a global Monkeypox outbreak outside of Africa until now - in the exact week of the exact month predicted by the biosecurity folks in their pandemic simulation.

Related: What is Monkeypox and Was It Planned For a Year Ago

Take these guys to Vegas!

Ed Yong, who’s penned dozens of hysterical articles on Covid for The Atlantic including such gems as “COVID-19 Long-Haulers Are Fighting for Their Future,” “Even Health-Care Workers With Long COVID Are Being Dismissed,” “How Did This Many Deaths Become Normal?“, and “The Final Pandemic Betrayal,” is hot on the scene of the new Monkeypox outbreak.

Eric Feigl-Ding is also all over this.


Related: As Monkeypox Cases Spread, Report Shows Gates Foundation, WHO, Pharma Execs Took Part in Monkeypox Pandemic ‘Simulation’

Epidemiologists Jennifer Nuzzo and Bill Hanage are on the scene - but still no word from them as to whether they see anything strange about the first-ever global Monkeypox outbreak occurring in mid-May 2022, a year after they acted as advisers on an international biosecurity simulation of a global Monkeypox outbreak occurring in mid-May 2022.



Related: Monkeypox ‘Games’ Could Lay Groundwork for WHO Pandemic Response Takeover

The U.S. government is hot on the scene with an order of 13 million Monkeypox vaccine doses from Bavarian Nordic.

The WHO is on the scene.



Related: For Bill Gates, It’s “Moneypox”: Simulation of Fictitious Monkeypox Virus Pandemic in March 2021, Goes Live in May 2022

The global Monkeypox outbreak - occurring on the exact timeline predicted by a biosecurity simulation of a global Monkeypox outbreak a year prior - bears a striking resemblance to the outbreak of COVID-19 just months after Event 201, a simulation of a coronavirus pandemic almost exactly like COVID-19.

Event 201 was hosted in October 2019 - just two months before the coronavirus was first revealed in Wuhan - by the Gates Foundation, the World Economic Forum, Bloomberg, and Johns Hopkins.

As with the Event 201, the participants at the Monkeypox simulation have thus far been stone silent as to their having participated in a pandemic simulation the facts of which happened to come true in real life just months later.

One person who was present at both Event 201 and the Monkeypox simulation is George Fu Gao, director of the Chinese Center for Disease Control. At event 201, Gao specifically raised the point of countering “misinformation” during a “hypothetical” coronavirus pandemic.


Related: Study Finds Latest Monkeypox Outbreak Is Result of Biolab Manipulated Virus Possibly Released Intentionally

Here’s Gao at Event 201 right next to our very own Avril Haines, Director of National Intelligence - technically the highest-level intelligence official in the United States. Look at these cuties.

Doesn’t that make you feel all warm and fuzzy?
Phew. Making Kim Philby jealous.


Related: Monkeypox Mythology

That said, I won’t sit here and debate wild conspiracy theories that there might be anything unusual about a global pandemic occurring just months after a simulation of a global pandemic of exactly that kind, followed shortly after by the first-ever global outbreak of an even-more-obscure virus just months after a simulation of an outbreak of exactly that kind.

If you want to be a good person and make a six-figure salary - or be friends with people who make six-figure salaries - then do as your government tells you:

Sit down, shut up, stay home, save lives, take your shots, show your papers, and muzzle your kids.




Newly Released Pfizer Documents Reveal COVID Jab Dangers

What really happened in the first 90 days of the jab rollout? How many adverse events and different health problems?

How many deaths? The first tranche of documents were released March 1, 2022, and it proves beyond any shadow of a doubt - we’ve been sold down the river!



Related Articles:

Pills with microchips: Pfizer CEO is in love

Pfizer Tells Federal Judge that Pfizer Owns the Federal Government and Is Thereby Immune to Normal Contract Law

Latest Bad News About COVID Vaccines: Pfizer and FDA Knew Vaccines Were Not ‘Safe and Effective’

Did Pfizer Commit Huge Fraud in Its COVID Vaccine Research?

Former Pfizer VP Says All COVID “Vaccine” Manufacturers Need to be “Immediately Indicted for Fraud”

Dear Friends, Sorry to Announce a Genocide: Dr. Naomi Wolf on the Pfizer “Confidential Report”

Former Pfizer VP: ‘Massive Fraud Playing Out on a Global Scale,’ Reckless to Vaccine the Whole Population

FDA Authorizes Pfizer Boosters for Kids 5 to 11

The Obscene Coverup Of COVID Jab Risks, Fauci's Recent Monkeypox Grant & Pfizermectin Fails, Again

Pfizer’s “Secret” Report on the Covid Vaccine. Beyond Manslaughter. The Evidence is Overwhelming. The Vaccine Should Be Immediately Withdrawn Worldwide

FDA and Pfizer Knew COVID Shot Caused Immunosuppression



Related Articles:

Monkeypox: “Fool Me Twice, Shame on Me”


Another Orchestrated Health Crisis in the Works? Smallpox Vaccine to Protect against Monkeypox

Over 100 Monkeypox Infections Detected in 10 Countries as Unprecedented Outbreak Spreads Globally

Monkeypox Narrative Is Built on Lies; Is Biden’s ‘Incredible Transition’ to Let Gas Collapse?

Monkeypox Outbreak Follows ‘Germ-Game’ Preparations; Media Falsify ‘2000 Mules’ Claims in Georgia

Monkeypox Mythology

Monkeypox – a smokescreen for a global health powergrab?

Monkey Pox Update: “War Game” Scenario Planning. “The Controlled Media Have No Shame”. Dr. Robert Malone

Is Monkeypox a Scapegoat for Covid Vaccine Adverse Events? Dr. Peter McCullough

NIH, Wuhan were working on monkeypox

Monkeypox: The New Pandemic

Monkeypox Infection: To Fear or Not to Fear?


Biden Crime Family To Reap Massive Profits From Monkeypox Vaxxines

The Monkey Business Behind Monkeypox Propaganda


Misleading Marketing of the COVID Vaccine - CHD Vs. FDA Litigation Update With Attorney Robert Barnes

Mikel Marusu: Philippines Experiencing Numerous Deaths Since “Vaxxine” Mandate Went Into Effect on November 30

2,200 Prominent Spanish Personalities Investigated for False C0VID-19 Vaxxination

Pilots move to sue major airlines and US government over COVID vaccine mandates

30 Percent of Vaxxed Pilots Would Fail Health Screenings

Vaccine Side Effects Flooding Hospitals at Alarming Rates

Man Believes Mom’s COVID Treatment In Hospital Responsible For Her Death

Pentagon’s Vaccine Mandate Challenged in Class-Action Lawsuit

China Holds Unprecedented Meeting as ‘Zero-COVID’ Crushes Economy

Leak of Xinjiang Police Files Provides ‘Absolutely Shocking’ Evidence of Mass Persecution: Former US Ambassador


How Many People Have Been Killed by the Covid Vaccine?

Dr. Richard Fleming Calls For Crimes Against Humanity Trial

CV19 Virus & Vax About Control Not Health – Dr. Michael Yeadon

C0VID Was Not a Pandemic, but the Vaxxine Truly Is

Deaths Following C-19 Vaccination

How To Kill Over a Billion People Scientifically

COVID-1984: Orwell’s Vision, Our Reality?

The Covid Lies

What We Don’t Know Is Killing Us: The Urgency of Propaganda Study Under COVID

‘It’s a Type of Genotoxicity’: Virologist Explains mRNA Vaccine Conversion to DNA

After Summer, Europe To Target The Unvaccinated

Mass Vaccination Triggers Spike in Cases, Deaths

The Tyranny of Modern Scientism

9 in 10 COVID Deaths Are in Vaccinated People: Report

Covid Lies: Fraud Assessed and Fraud Rehearsed

Mass Vaccination Triggers Spike in Cases, Deaths

Latest US Data Shows Vax Injuries Skyrocket; How Will We Recover?

May the Force Be With Them: Scientists Fight Back

Is This the Worst Excuse for Vaccine Failure Yet?

Breaking the Chains of Propaganda

The Birth Of Big Pharma

A Staggering Number of Athletes Collapsed This Past Year

Only 1 in 10 Medical Treatments Are Backed by High-Quality Evidence

Deaths Following C-19 Vaccination

Top US Neurosurgeon Blames ‘Official Lies’ for Pandemic Death Toll

Dr. Judy Mikovits Exposes The Plan to Implant Humanity with Cancer Viruses

Doctor Gives Explosive Jaw-Dropping Revelations in Canadian Zoom Meeting

Exiting the Pandemic or Evolving Out of It?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Mainstream Media Confirm Dalai Lama Is A CIA Asset
June 6 2022 | From: Geopolitics / Various

That the Tibetan Dalai Lama is a CIA asset was just a conspiracy theory, has been confirmed as fact by the Los Angeles Times and the agency itself.



This brings to question how much of what the media consider as theory now would end up later on as fact?

Related: How Can We Stop Drug Trafficking When It’s The CIA That’s Running The Show / The Philippines Fight The Cabal

How much of what the media consider as “fake news” right now would end up later on as the accurate account of an event?

In short, what gives them the authority to determine what is factual and truthful when their own journalistic standards and ethics include telling their readers mere half-truths for a while, i.e. when it is in the best interest of other institutions they are still working with in the interim?

The Los Angeles Times reports:


For much of the 1960s, the CIA provided the Tibetan exile movement with $1.7 million a year for operations against China, including an annual subsidy of $180,000 for the Dalai Lama, according to newly released U.S. intelligence documents.

The money for the Tibetans and the Dalai Lama was part of the CIA’s worldwide effort during the height of the Cold War to undermine Communist governments, particularly in the Soviet Union and China. In fact, the U.S. government committee that approved the Tibetan operations also authorized the disastrous Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba.

The documents, published last month by the State Department, illustrate the historical background of the situation in Tibet today, in which China continues to accuse the Dalai Lama of being an agent of foreign forces seeking to separate Tibet from China."

The CIA’s program encompassed support of Tibetan guerrillas in Nepal, a covert military training site in Colorado, “Tibet Houses” established to promote Tibetan causes in New York and Geneva, education for Tibetan operatives at Cornell University and supplies for reconnaissance teams."

- LA Times

Is the mainstream confirmation of the Dalai Lama as a CIA asset now can be considered the whole truth, or is there something more to the story?


“To “dispel” the Dalai Lama supporters’ doubts, the representatives of the Tibetan leader claimed in an interview with The New York Times on October 2, 1998 that “the subsidy earmarked for the Dalai Lama was spent on setting up offices in Geneva and New York and on international lobbying.”

However, the devil is in the detail.

Verkhoturov emphasizes that the denial was intended for those unfamiliar with the documents and facts. The documents say that in 1963 the CIA allocated considerable funds for the Dalai Lama’s entourage in Dharamsala, India, where his residence was located. There were no offices at Geneva and New York at the time.

Furthermore, soon the role of the CIA in the 1959 Tibetan Uprising and the formation of the government in exile also surfaced.

The US government viewed Tibet as a potential bulwark against China since 1949, when Chinese Communist leader Mao Zedong declared the creation of the People’s Republic of China (PRC).



A picture released by Chinese official news agency in August 1965 with a caption saying: “New buildings are going up at the foot of the Potala Palace (in the background, the former home of the Dalai Lama) in Lhasa. © AFP 2016/ JU SHUI-CHU / XIHNUA




Related: Merkel Admits German Multiculturalism Has "Utterly Failed" & Dalai Lama Criticizes Mass Migration, Says “Keep Europe For Europeans”


“According to Memorandum for the 303 Committee (1968), the so-called CIA Tibetan program was partially initiated in 1956 “with the cognizance of the Committee, is based on US Government commitments made to the Dalai Lama in 1951 and 1956.”

“The program consists of political action, propaganda, paramilitary and intelligence operations, appropriately coordinated with and supported by [less than 1 line of source text not declassified],” the document read.

The declassified memorandum stated that in September 1958 the 303 Committee approved the “CIA covert support to Tibetan resistance” - just a year before the all-out uprising in the region erupted.

According to the publicist, the Dalai Lama’s exile opened the door to the CIA’s covert program aimed at recruiting and training the Tibetan leader’s followers and supporters in reconnaissance operations, sabotage, guerilla tactics, data encoding and radio operator skills. According to some estimates, about 170-240 Tibetans had undergone this special training.

The Memorandum for the Special Group (1964) reveals that the CIA planned to create a spy network in Tibet, including “approximately 20 singleton resident agents… two road watch teams in Tibet to report possible Chinese Communist build-ups, and six border watch communications teams.”

Verkhoturov believes that this spy activity could have targeted China’s nuclear program and the country’s first nuclear tests on October 16, 1964.

However, China’s Cultural Revolution - a sociopolitical movement that took place in the People’s Republic of China from 1966 until 1976 - dealt a heavy blow to the Tibetan spy network and eventually brought an end to the espionage activity in the region.

As a result, the budget of the CIA’s Tibetan program decreased to $1,165,000 in 1968.

According to Jonathan Mirsky, a historian of China, the CIA program finally ended with President Richard Nixon’s visit to China in 1972.

Still, in the early 1970s the CIA continued to allocate funds directly to the Dalai Lama, however, the amount of these subsidies remains shrouded in secrecy.

“In 1999, I asked the Dalai Lama if the CIA operation had been harmful for Tibet,” Mirsky wrote in 2013, ‘Yes, that is true,’ he replied. The intervention was harmful, he suggested, because it was primarily aimed at serving American interests rather than helping the Tibetans in any lasting way. ‘Once the American policy toward China changed, they stopped their help,’ he told me, ‘Otherwise our struggle could have gone on’.”

- Sputnik

Indeed, there’s more to the story and so, we need to continue exposing the false idols right at their own home turf.

Beyond the Dalai Lama’s engagement with the CIA, his conviction to his own teachings has come to question when he was caught wearing a Rolex while he preached about the great scourge of materialism in this world.


What Kind Of Man Wears Rolex?

When you think of Political figures who wear a gold Rolex you might think of U.S. Presidents, Dwight Eisenhower, Lyndon Johnson or Bill Clinton, or even former U.S. Vice President Dick Cheney.

When people think about Civil Rights Leaders who have worn yellow gold Rolex watches, they might think about Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., or Jesse Jackson.

One man who might surprise people with wearing a Yellow Gold Rolex President, is no other than His Holiness, The Dali Lama of Tibet."





Related: Retired American Bishop Explains How The Church Invented Hell & What Religion Is Really Used For


“As mentioned, The Dalai Lama typically goes out of his way to make certain his watches never appear to be fancy or ostentatious.

His holiness does so, by typically putting them on inexpensive stretchable Speidel Twist-O-Flex watch bands. In this recent photo, we see the Dalai Lama with Prince Charles, and the Dalai Lama is wearing a yellow gold Rolex Day-Date with a cobalt blue dial."



- RolexMagazine

From another site glorifying his love for watches…


“The Second War was still going on, and the Allies wanted to make a road over Tibet from Assam, in India, to China.

So two American military representatives came with a letter from President Roosevelt and a box containing a gold watch. A Patek Philippe.  I was very excited. It was a very beautiful, very smart model. I still have it and it still works.

The watch is most likely a Patek Phillipe Perpetual Calendar Ref. 1526 from around 1942. No doubt it has been opened and dismantled more than once in it’s lifetime."




Related: Ten Reasons Why I Don’t Have A Religion


"Besides this cherished first watch, His Holiness has also been photographed in public wearing a Rolex Day-Date and this two tone Rolex Datejust with a jubilee bracelet. I can only speculate what his collection might be worth should it ever go up on auction."

- Esquire


What about the holiness of his preachings on vegetarianism and non-violence?

Well, the CIA didn’t just finance his rebellion against China, the agency also trained and supplied arms to those who were willing to fight for him, according to Newsweek:


“In the midst of this cold-war playground was Gyalo Thondup, who helped choose the first batch of trainees from Kalimpong. But the big brother kept his younger sibling - the Dalai Lama was then in his early 20s - in the dark about the spook business.

“I didn’t inform His Holiness about my contacts with the CIA and Indian intelligence,” says Gyalo Thondup. “This was very dirty business.”Under a full moon in October 1957, the first two-man team of CIA-trained Tibetans took off from an old World War II grass airstrip in East Pakistan, near Dhaka. They rode in a B-17 “sanitized” of all markings.

The parachutists were Athar Norbu and another Tibetan named Lhotse - “Tom” and “Lou” to their handlers. They were equipped with everything from dried beef to radios, from signal mirrors to folding-stock submachine guns.

They landed smack on target, 60 miles from Lhasa, and quickly hooked up with the local resistance leader, Gompo Tashi Andrugtsang, an influential trader whose legendary Khampas had been battling the Chinese for years.

The ragtag resistance waged a desperate struggle. In early 1958 many guerrillas were surrounded by 1,000 Chinese soldiers with artillery.

“All our leaders were wounded, including Gompo Tashi,” says one survivor. “We kept hoping the CIA would drop us some weapons, but they never came.

… Help was on the way. In 1958 more than 30 Tibetans began training secretly at Camp Hale, not far from Leadville, Colorado. Here about 300 Tibetans in all - assigned names like “Jack,” “Rocky” and “Martin” - were schooled in the black arts of covert warfare, from spy photography and sabotage to Morse code and mine-laying.

“We had great expectations when we went to America; we thought perhaps they would even give us an atom bomb to take back with us,”
said one trainee, Tenzin Tsultrim.

- Newsweek

Enjoying the benefits of conniving with a certain entity while feigning ignorance of what crimes that same entity has committed is the height of one’s hypocrisy.

It’s not only that one practices what one preaches, but the same must clean his own house first before he ventures out into the world, and begin finding faults against another.


“This week it was reported that a five-year old Tibetan girl had been allegedly raped by two Tibetan adult males in the settlement of Mundgod, South India. As shocking as the alleged crime was the revelation that the Mundgod camp officer and settlement officer had encouraged the father of the child not to pursue criminal charges against the men.

Why? Out of fear of shaming HH the Dalai Lama and the Tibetan people. Sadly, I and others living in the Tibetan community in exile were not surprised to learn this."

-
HuffPost web cached article, Not in the Name of the Dalai Lama: Tibetan Reaction to Child Rape Reveals a Deeper Malaise”

Kalu Rinpoche says that he was molested by elder monks…”sexually abused by elder monks,” and when he was 18 his tutor in the monastery threatened him at knifepoint.

“It’s all about money, power, controlling. And then I became a drug addict because of all this misunderstanding and I went crazy.”





A gang of older monks who would visit his room each week... This was hard-core sex, he says, including penetration.

“Most of the time, they just came alone,”
he says. “They just banged the door harder, and I had to open. I knew what was going to happen, and after that you become more used to it.”

It wasn’t until Kalu returned to the monastery after his three-year retreat that he realized how wrong this practice was. By then the cycle had begun again on a younger generation of victims, he says. Kalu’s claims of sexual abuse mirror those of Lodoe Senge, an ex-monk and 23 year old tulku who now lives in Queens, New York.

“When I saw the video,” Senge says of Kalu’s confessions, “I thought, ‘Shit, this guy has the balls to talk about it when I didn’t even have the courage to tell my girlfriend.’” Senge was abused, he says, as a 5-year-old by his own tutor, a man in his late twenties, at a monastery in India.

False idolatry and false institutions are two great scourges on this planet. Both have created a strong, opaque barrier between the mind and the Truth it is seeking.

The only way to know the Whole Truth and free humanity at last is to launch a great rebellion against them both.

Be prepared for what the mainstream media are doing right now, which is to publish some chosen truths to regain the people’s trust, as they start filtering the social media networks for “fake news”.

Let’s not fall for this shenanigan, not anymore.








Related Articles:

Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories


NZ Massacre Reveals Mainstream Media’s Double Standard In Covering Religious Attacks & The Christchurch Shooting And The Normalization Of Anti-Muslim Terrorism

The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction

Religion: How It Was Employed As A Control System To Divide & Conquer


Australia: A New Church Pedophile Scandal Erupts & Vatican's 3rd Most Powerful Figure, Cardinal Pell, Charged With Multiple Sex Assaults


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Can’t Answer
June 5 2022 | From: FluorideAlert / Various [Archivum]

During 2016, I asked this question to many fluoridation promoters and have yet to receive an adequate scientific answer.



I asked it in several audiences in New Zealand and also to promoters at a council hearing in Naples, Florida and at a debate in Cortland, New York with Johnny Johnson and Steve Slott.  Neither Johnson nor Slott, otherwise very vocal on promoting fluoridation, had an answer.

Related: The Dark History Behind Fluoride (That The Media Refuses To Report)

The Question to Promoters of Fluoridation
:


“What primary scientific studies (not bogus reviews conducted by pro-fluoridation agencies) can you cite that gives you the confidence to ignore or dismiss the evidence that fluoride damages the brain as documented in over 300 animal and human studies (including 50 IQ studies).”

If proponents cannot provide an adequate scientific answer to this question: fluoridation should be halted immediately.

On Nov 22, 2016, Michael Connett, JD, asked this question to the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), on behalf of FAN, Food & Water Watch, Organic Consumers Association, American Academy of Environmental Medicine, International Academy of Oral Medicine and Toxicology, Moms Against Fluoridation, and several individual mothers, in a petition calling on the EPA to ban the deliberate addition of fluoridating chemicals to the drinking water under provisions in the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). 

The EPA has 90 days to reply, and if they fail to provide a satisfactory reply then they can be taken to Federal Court.

How you can take this further?

We are requesting that each one of you to ask this question of any promoter of fluoridation – and keep asking it throughout 2017 until you can get an answer. Send that answer to us.

Based on responses we have seen so far we anticipate that there will be no satisfactory answers. In our view, there is no scientific evidence that could justify ignoring the large number of scientific studies that fluoride damages the brain and thus no justification for continuing this unethical and reckless practice of deliberately adding fluoridating chemicals to the drinking water.



Related: Study Provides Further Evidence Of Low IQ In Children Due To Fluoride Exposure

This in essence will be our 2017 campaign. Very simple, very direct and very important. We hope that you will support this in two ways: a) ask this showstopper question in as many creative ways as you can and as many times as you can, and b) support FAN financially.


Five More Ways to Take Action:

1. Send a letter-to-the-editor to your local newspapers

2. Sign on to FAN’s petition to the EPA.

3. Send the press release to your media outlets

4. Share this Facebook and this Twitter post.

5. Make a donation to support this campaign (see below).


Related Articles:

NZ: Federal Control Of Fluoridation Would Be A Nightmare

Higher Fluoride Levels During Pregnancy May Be Linked With Lower IQ Scores In Kids: Study

Don’t Drink The Water: The Dark Side Of Water Fluoridation + Study Shows Water Has Memory: German Scientists Expand On Dr. Emoto’s Work

Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals (PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

Undeniable Evidence From Numerous Studies Proves That Fluoride Causes Cancer

New Zealand Government Plans To Drown Its Citizens In Toxic Fluorides

Auckland: No Consultation Needed For Stopping Or Starting Fluoridation + Decision Is An Attack On Democracy

Fluoride: Poison On Tap Official Trailer

The Fluoride Deception

New Zealand Fluoridation Review Unscientific And Intellectually Dishonest Say International Reviewers

Fluoride Free New Zealand: Dirty Science

Secret Fluoridation Review Totally One-Sided Admits Chair

Harvard Research Finds Link Between Fluoridated Water, ADHD & Mental Disorders


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers
June 4 2022 | From: Inc / Various

Sure to both stir your soul and calm your nervous system.



Everyone knows they need to manage their stress. When things get difficult at work, school, or in your personal life, you can use as many tips, tricks, and techniques as you can get to calm your nerves.


Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music

So here's a science-backed one: make a playlist of the 10 songs found to be the most relaxing on earth.

Sound therapies have long been popular as a way of relaxing and restoring one's health. For centuries, indigenous cultures have used music to enhance well-being and improve health conditions.

Neuroscientists out of the UK have specified which tunes give you the most bang for your musical buck.

The study was conducted on participants who attempted to solve difficult puzzles as quickly as possible while connected to sensors. The puzzles induced a certain level of stress, and participants listened to different songs while researchers measured brain activity as well as physiological states that included heart rate, blood pressure, and rate of breathing.

According to Dr. David Lewis-Hodgson of Mindlab International, which conducted the research, the top song produced a greater state of relaxation than any other music tested to date.

In fact, listening to that one song - "Weightless" - resulted in a striking 65 percent reduction in participants' overall anxiety, and a 35 percent reduction in their usual physiological resting rates.





Related: Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies?


That is remarkable.

Equally remarkable is the fact the song was actually constructed to do so. The group that created "Weightless", Marconi Union, did so in collaboration with sound therapists. Its carefully arranged harmonies, rhythms, and bass lines help slow a listener's heart rate, reduce blood pressure and lower levels of the stress hormone cortisol.

When it comes to lowering anxiety, the stakes couldn't be higher. Stress either exacerbates or increases the risk of health issues like heart disease, obesity, depression, gastrointestinal problems, asthma, and more.

More troubling still, a paper out of Harvard and Stanford found health issues from job stress alone cause more deaths than diabetes, Alzheimer's, or influenza.

In this age of constant bombardment, the science is clear: if you want your mind and body to last, you've got to prioritize giving them a rest. Music is an easy way to take some of the pressure off of all the pings, dings, apps, tags, texts, emails, appointments, meetings, and deadlines that can easily spike your stress level and leave you feeling drained and anxious.

Of the top track, Dr. David Lewis-Hodgson said, "'Weightless' was so effective, many women became drowsy and I would advise against driving while listening to the song because it could be dangerous."

So don't drive while listening to these, but do take advantage of them:

10. "We Can Fly," by Rue du Soleil (Café Del Mar)

09. "Canzonetta Sull'aria," by Mozart

08. "Someone Like You," by Adele

07. "Pure Shores," by All Saints

06. "Please Don't Go," by Barcelona

05. "Strawberry Swing," by Coldplay

04. "Watermark," by Enya

03. "Mellomaniac (Chill Out Mix)," by DJ Shah

02. "Electra," by Airstream

01. "Weightless," by Marconi Union


Just beware of this: Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

I made a public playlist of all of them on Spotify that runs about 50 minutes (it's also downloadable).


“Where words fail, music speaks." -- Hans Christian Andersen

Related: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll




The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers






Related Articles:


The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?

Research Shows We Can Heal With Vibration, Frequency & Sound + Which Is Worse: The NSA Or The FDA?

The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

What Happened To Prince?

"Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings

Death By Hanging From A Doorknob - The Signature Of Pedophilia-Related Assassinations? Eleven People So Far - Who Knew Doorknobs Could Be So Deadly? & Pedophilia Is More Common Than You Think

Paul Has Been Dead For 50 Years

Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

The Most Relaxing Ambient Sound Sites On The Internet

ASoftMurmur

New Study: 528Hz Sound "Miraculously" Cleaned Oil Polluted Water In The Gulf Of Mexico



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Climate Intervention: A Government Cover-Up Of Epic Proportions
June 3 2022 | From: WND / Various

A few years ago I addressed how CIA Director John Brennan gave a historic speech to the Council on Foreign Relations, confessing something few thought they would ever hear: the federal government’s explicit and intentional climate intervention via operations like stratospheric aerosol spraying or injections, or SAI.

What I didn’t explain is that SAI is a ginormous federal geo-engineering cover up that is now being exposed, and yet not a single mainstream media outlet has reported on it. Let me explain.

Related: Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

In April of 2016, the U.S. Senate directed the Department of Energy (DOE) “to review the findings of the National Academy [of Sciences, or NAS] report,” “Climate Intervention: Reflecting Sunlight to Cool Earth,” and “to study the potential impacts of albedo modification [or solar radiation management], a potential method of geoengineering,” which included “smaller scale field trials.”

Science magazine explained:


“Albedo modification would work by lacing the atmosphere with tiny particles or aerosols that would reflect sunlight and mimic natural processes.

For example, in 1991 the volcano Mount Pinatubo in the Philippines spewed 20 million tons of sulfur dioxide into the stratosphere, which spans altitudes from 10 to 50 kilometers.

There, the sulfur dioxide produced aerosols that reflected enough sunlight to reduce global temperature by an estimated 0.3°C for 3 years.

Albedo modification might also work by using aerosols to seed cloud formation in a lower atmospheric layer called the troposphere.”

The U.S. Senate pushed the DOE to pursue albedo modification action a couple months before CIA Director Brennan gave his blessing to stratospheric spraying as a government operation that “potentially could help reverse the warming effects of global climate change.”

What’s crazy about all that government endorsement is that the February 2015 NAS report, on which the feds base their entire toxic rain operation;


“Warned explicitly that albedo modification shouldn’t be deployed now because the risks and benefits were far too uncertain.”

What are those risks? Here are just three grave consequences that we know about:

Drought: The team under Chien Wang, a co-author of the NAS study and a senior research scientist at MIT’s Center for Global Change Science and the Department of Earth, concluded that albedo modification would lead;


“To dangerous changes in global weather: Precipitation would also decline worldwide, and some parts of the world would be worse off. Europe, the Horn of Africa, and Pakistan may receive less rainfall than they have historically.”

Loss of blue sky: According to a report by the New Scientist, Ben Kravitz of the Carnegie Institution for Science explained, “Releasing sulphate aerosols high in the atmosphere should in theory reduce global temperatures by reflecting a small percentage of the incoming sunlight away from the Earth.



Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

However, the extra particles would also scatter more of the remaining light into the atmosphere. This would reduce by 20 per cent the amount of sunlight that takes a direct route to the ground, and it would increase levels of softer, diffuse scattered light,” making the sky appear hazier.

Hazards to human health and other earth life: The gravest of all consequences of atmospheric aerosol spraying is that, simply put, what’s sprayed above us settles down upon us and in us, as well as other life on earth.

The U.S. government’s own National Center for Biotechnology Information, or NCBI, released a report in January 2016, the goal of which was “Assessing the direct occupational and public health impacts of solar radiation management with stratospheric aerosols.” The NCBI concluded:


“Our analysis suggests that adverse public health impacts may reasonably be expected from SRM via deployment of stratospheric aerosols.

Little is known about the toxicity of some likely candidate aerosols, and there is no consensus regarding acceptable levels for public exposure to these materials.

There is also little infrastructure in place to evaluate potential public health impacts in the event that stratospheric aerosols are deployed for solar radiation management.”

No wonder the co-author of the study on “Climate Intervention,” Dr. James Fleming, called geo-engineering like SAI: "Untested and untestable, and dangerous beyond belief."



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

Another colleague and co-author, Dr. Raymond T. Pierrehumbert, the Louis Block professor in geophysical sciences at the University of Chicago, and Sweden’s King Carl XVI Gustafn, chairman in environmental science at Stockholm’s Universitet, took it one step further. He warned;


"The nearly two years’ worth of reading and animated discussions that went into this study have convinced me more than ever that the idea of ‘fixing’ the climate by hacking the Earth’s reflection of sunlight is wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad.”

(That is why Dr. Pierrehumbert prefers to call albedo modification by the name “albedo hacking.”)

Dr. Pierrehumber added: “The report describes albedo modification frankly as involving large and partly unknown risks. It states outright that albedo modification ‘should not be deployed.'”

So, why are the U.S. Senate and CIA director disregarding the dire and passionate warnings of scientists like Dr. Pierrehumbert and Dr. Fleming by demanding that the Department of Energy proceed with trials on geo-engineering? In the words of Dr. Pierrehumber, are they “wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad”?

Answer: Yes!



Related: Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

Is it a mere coincidence that the very government agencies that are spraying our stratosphere with toxic chemicals were the actual sponsors of the NAS report? The NAS itself confessed:


“The study was sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences, U.S. intelligence community, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and U.S. Department of Energy” (italics mine).

Isn’t that like your right hand quoting your left hand so that your right hand can grab what it’s already holding? Is the NAS report another government push and ploy to collaborate and cite “scientific proof” to justify its clandestine climate agenda?

Why else would the CIA and U.S. Senate be proceeding in climate aerosol spraying when the very scientists preparing the study warned, “Stop! Don’t do it! It’s crazy and dangerous!”

The most colossal and tragic of all government cover-ups is the fact that the feds have been waging climate warfare for more than 30 years, lacing our clouds and stratosphere with dangerous nano-particles, including environmental sulfates, black carbon, metallic aluminum and aluminum oxide aerosols.

The truth is, for decades, the feds have been covertly and overtly running sky criminal operations behind (above!) our backs, leaving humans and the rest of the planet life as lab rats of their toxic cocktail fallout.



Related: Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

Geoengineeringwatch.org reported that a 1978 750-page congressional report was recently discovered with a mountain of information going back decades that “confirms the ongoing extensive involvement of our government in climate modification/weather warfare.

This document also confirms the involvement of foreign governments around the globe, even governments that would otherwise have been considered ‘hostile to US interests.'”

Why hasn’t a single mainstream media outlet reported on the CIA and DOE’s march forward with SAI when the scientific community has explicitly and repeatedly warned against it?

Why are geo-engineering researchers being stonewalled by government and media?

And why in hell are watchdogs on both the left and right dodging the feds’ intentional and hazardous climate intervention, when they seek to uncover government cover-ups and conspiracies with the most scant of evidence?

Dane Wigington, the lead researcher for GeoengineeringWatch.org and a fierce fighter for government geoengineering transparency, was absolutely right when he wrote: “How big does the climate engineering elephant in the room need to be before it can no longer be hidden in plain site?



Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

How much more historical proof do we need of the ongoing climate engineering / weather warfare before the denial of the masses crumbles?

When will populations around the globe bring to justice all those responsible for the ongoing and rapidly worsening worldwide weather warfare assault?”

Is it a mere coincidence that, in October 2015, the feds put a universal “gag order” on agency employees in “The National Weather Service,” the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration” and the “U.S. Dept. of Commerce”?

Is it a mere coincidence that the Obama administration spent more taxpayer monies for legal prosecutions of government whistleblowers than all other U.S. presidents combined, resulting in 31 times the jail sentences?

It’s time to blow the lid off the climate bullshit of governments!



Related: Let's Review 50 Years Of Dire Climate Forecasts And What Actually Happened & New Zealand Climate Commission’s Radical Plan

That is why my wife, Gena, and I encourage citizens everywhere to do their own research on geo-engineering and then write their government representatives to demand action.  We also encourage the support of the Legal Alliance of pro-bono lawyers now amassed as a united front to fight the geo-engineering government cover-up in court.

To read or learn more immediately, I highly recommend the work and website of Dane Wigington. GeoEngineeringWatch.org is loaded with great research on the many facets of climate intervention.


Related Articles:

Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare

UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures


Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Dramatise Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Energy Follows Thought
June 2 2022 | From: Omnithought / Various

We have all heard this phrase but I would like to go into a bit of depth as to what it means to raise it up a bit above a catch phrase or platitude.




It is a fundamental tenet of esoteric thought. Genesis tells us that "In the beginning the Earth was null and void and darkness was upon the deep". The first question that should bring to mind is "what is the deep?"

Related: New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It

Comment: This article sounds a bit religious but the message is more a spiritual one, rather than of the 'God' of any given theology.

We’ll get to that in a moment. This nothingness then stirred and God said "Let there be Light", and divided light from the darkness. It was an act of pure spiritual will through the use of the divine mind. We haven’t actually divided the light from the darkness (its obvious source) only the idea has actually been created. A thought either created or accessed by the divine mind.

The mind created the idea before the will was able to manifest it, empowered by the desire to see it manifest. This is "the deep." The astral or desire plane is always associated with liquid and usually water.

It is interesting also that instead of just doing it we see that God crystallized this idea or thought form in a mantra or word of power; "Let there be light," and then created a physical plane change through his desire.



Related: In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Thus the first manifested result of the omniscient being at the center of our system is organized sound, or vibration, and after that all that will ever be in the world is a product of vibration. The word Logos is used to describe this entity in manifestation and literally means "word".

Now why is any of this important? This first act of creation out of the mind of God is repeated in every other creative act on every level in every plane and it is used by you and I to create our world. We have talked about resonance and how we attract into our reality the things we think about most, but when we conceive of an idea and build a better mouse trap we are the creator in the microcosm.

Nothing is created without first being imagined. There has to be that moment when the creator says “wouldn’t it be cool if…” in this case the rest would be “there was light”. The image making faculty of consciousness is the mind. When we visualize and idea we are creating an image.

The energy and potential of the thought form is based on the ability of the consciousness that created, accessed, or simply organized it. We do this constantly but with little result because we are not very good a focusing our minds. The idea may just pass.



Related: Your Brain Is Not A Computer

If the desire is strong enough then it is brought into physical “reality”. It is and always has been energy and has simply been organized at different levels until it has fully crystallized. The will of God creates through the love of God as do you and I.

The organizing force in this process of creation is mind. It may be the universal mind or the mind of an individual creator of some level of consciousness like that of a Logos or a human being. The process is the same. Creation is governed by the intelligence of the system.

The third ray of mind or intelligent activity gives birth to the four subsidiary rays of aspect. Only in manifestation are these aspects realized. The trinity itself stands in its potentiality even in the divine plane of Adi as the supposedly un-manifested self.

When we imagine or visualize something we are building in mental matter. Although it is interwoven with desire, another necessary aspect of the process, the mind is always the organizing force. If we are effective at visualizing what we want to “see” come about we will be more effective at bringing it about.



Related: How Society Kills Our Creativity – In A Breathtaking Award-Winning Short Film

Visualization is an important aspect of meditation because of this. We are learning to create and through training we are taught to visualize in accordance with the things that the teacher see’s and knows as fact. The creative process and the ability to make changes are being used along proven lines and will be improved greatly.

We will eventually find our way but time can be gained through a guided and monitored approach to occult meditation. There are pitfalls that can be avoided on the way.

What we need to keep in mind is that there is a collective human consciousness that is creating all the time as well.

Groups and subgroups of subconscious and super-conscious entities creating in mental and astral matter and this is what decides the directions our in which societies move.

There is a unique way that each nationality approaches life because of its group identity. It is responsible for the beautiful colorations in cultural expression throughout the world and the thought provoking effect that is the result of some one individual swimming upstream.



Related: How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

It is fairly easy for us to create in line with the over-riding dream of our society and the planet herself, but to create something extraordinary requires much more personal power. These are the people we say are on a mission and will not be denied.

Their vision is so clear and the desire so strong that nothing will deter them from seeing is brought to a reality. This is why the training in business can produce, once a redirection of focus is triggered, a student of the spiritual sciences that will excel in these endeavors as well.

This is the reason for goal orientation and all of the attention that gets in business training. We want to be more effective in bringing about change on the physical plane and the only way to do that is to learn to focus our minds and visualize first.

The first creation is not done on the physical plane.



Related: Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

Everything we see in the physical world was first created on the mental plane. The energies were organized by the mind and brought to be through activity fired by desire. Think about the word “emotion” for a moment and how we express ourselves in this area of our lives.

We can be “moved” or “affected” by a person or a situation or even a song.

Emotions are what move us to move. If you want it bad enough you’ll go get it. It is not enough by itself but neither is the mind.

We have to be harmless in our intentions and balance and align all aspects of ourselves to our real purpose, and then we can create true beauty.

Gandhi once said “be the change you want to see in the world”.

Creation starts within.


Related Articles:

Energy Depletion In A Human Being

Science Confirms That People Absorb Energy From Others

Dr. Russell Blaylock Explains Why The Masses Are Becoming Cognitively Retarded And Incapable Of Rational Thought

You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest


Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

Nineteen Ways To Question Your Reality

CIA Document Confirms Reality Of Humans With ‘Superhuman Powers’


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

"Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale
June 1 2022 | From: BlacklistedNews
/ Various

"Smart PGH" (Smart City) and their 'smart spine system' is one of the most intrusive, government funded, Total surveillance networks ever dreamed up.



Columbus, Ohio, actually won $50 million in DOT grant money to turn their city into a "Smart City" calling it "SmartColumbus." The city of Columbus will receive an additional $90 million in pledges from public and private sector partners.

Related: Money Talks: From ‘smart’ meters to power politics

"Smart PGH's" tag line at the end of the above video is chilling, "If It's Not For All, It's Not For Us". As "Smart PGH's" documents reveal, 'smart city' surveillance spies on All of Us.

Pittsburgh, actually received close to $11 million to help turn their city into a "smart city".



City of Pittsburgh Smart Cities Challenge Proposal Video





Related: Hamilton Leading Smart City Conversation


Smart Columbus

(Fast forward to approx., 2:18 to see the numerous corporations involved in 'Smart Cities')





Related: From The Archives: In September 2015, Agenda 21 Will Be Transformed Into The 2030 Agenda


Not much is known about "SmartColumbus," but you can bet it's probably a carbon copy of "Smart PGH."

The document below, reveals "smart cities" are really just a euphemism for government spying on an unimaginable scale.

City of Pittsburgh's Proposal, Beyond Traffic: The Smart City Challenge (SCC)

The City of Pittsburgh sees the confluence of transportation and energy as the key to U.S. Department of Transportation’s (USDOT) Smart City Challenge. To meet the challenge, we will develop an open platform and corresponding governance structure to improve the safety, equity, and efficiency of our transportation network and its interaction with the energy and communications networks.

By building on existing technology deployments and increasing fixed and mobile sensors over a number of major “Smart Spine” corridors that connect with primary commercial centers and amenities, Pittsburgh will collect, analyze, visualize, and act on information to improve mobility for residents.

The non-proprietary nature of our platform allows the City of Pittsburgh and its partners to set an open, national standard for a municipal service delivery platform, which enhances industry and supports innovation.

According to the SCC, 'smart spines' use advanced technology like real-time adaptive traffic signals and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication at intersections.



Related: Smart Meter Radiation Attached To Millions Of Homes

"Smart PGH" is working with Uber to spy on customers. (see page 4)

It appears that "smart cities" are part of  the government's "Vision Zero" program, see page 6 of SCC's 'Enabling Hierarchy' diagram. Also on page 6, under the subject 'Data Collection Network' they mention, "Social Media Assets" otherwise known as social media spying. (more on that below)

Uber, Lyft and Bike Share to spy on customers.

Page 13:

In addition, we [Smart PGH] would like to work with Pittsburgh Bike Share, Uber, Lyft, and others to move towards more robust V2V communications that allow Port Authority buses, City fleet, bike share bicycles, ride-sharing services, etc. to become safer by sensing one another on Pittsburgh’s streets. Bicycle tracking has already begun, Ford Motor Company has given Palo Alto, $1.1 million to equip bicycles with GPS devices.



Related: Watercare Begins Installing Smart Water Meters

Joshuah Mello, the city’s chief transportation official, said the main draw of the new smart-bike system, operated by Motivate and sponsored by Ford, is that it will be part of a network growing in Bay Area cities from San Jose to San Francisco, “making it one of the largest systems in the entire world.”

What he should say is, this makes it one of the largest bicycle surveillance systems in the entire world! What follows, are some of the most chilling intrusions of government spying to date. Govt spying on social media.

Page 14:
 

Voluminous streams of data will be generated by sensors on fixed and mobile assets and citizens themselves using apps and social media.



Related: The Reasons Why We Can't Put Down Our Smartphones

Smart cities will spy on everyone's behavior and emotions.

Page 18:


To address Vision Element #9, SmartPGH will deploy our “Citizens as Sensors” effort aimed at extracting relevant data from social media. Scrubbing these sites and app will provide information on what people are doing in different places across Pittsburgh, data that can be used to infer behavior and data that can detect changes in behavior due to physical modifications made by SmartPGH and the City of Pittsburgh. 

Pittsburgh can more easily detect if the modifications it is making are producing the desired changes or if they are leading to unanticipated outcomes or unhappy residents.

For example, changes to the number of check-ins citizens make to restaurants and retail establishments following the parking rate change can provide evidence of how much this change has impacted dining and shopping behaviors, providing valuable feedback not just on residents emotional reactions but also the wider economic impact of such decisions.

"Citizens as Sensors" really, means government spying on social media posts, FourSquare, Twitter etc.,. Below is an excerpt from Page 12 of "Citizens as Sensors".


"At a different level many users volunteer information to Web 2.0 sites as a convenient way of making it available to friends and relations, irrespective of the fact that it becomes available to all."

Govt to spy on staircases, sidewalks, bicycles, trails, buses and trains. 

Pages 3 and 22:


Moreover, residents utilize the city's unique system of 712 public staircases, 40 miles of on-street bike infrastructure, 31 miles of trails, and numerous sidewalksand on a daily basis.

Companies like Sidewalk Labs, make a profit out of spying on pedestrians.



Related: The Role Of Utility Meters In Mass Surveillance

The Port Authority of Allegheny County operates a comprehensive transit network in the city, which includes 18.4 miles of busway, 26.2 miles of light rail, 72 local bus routes and two funiculars.  

Power companies and the govt collaborate to spy on everyone.

Pages 22 & 23:


The City of Pittsburgh is in conversation with Duquesne Light and partner-company DQE Communications regarding the use of their extensive network of dark fiber. Most of the network capacity is currently “dark” and available for use by partners including the City of Pittsburgh.

To make the most of their network, Duquesne Light recently built a wireless communication infrastructure to support the increased data-flow between their electric meters and the company’s centralized operating center.



Related: 5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says Report: Here’s What To Do

This effort has evolved into a high-capacity, resilient, wireless network covering the entirety of the City of Pittsburgh and the surrounding 817-square-mile service territory.

The grid of microgirds will spy on everyone's health, electrical and gas usage.

Page 23:

The grid-of-microgrids is designed to connect critical infrastructure like hospitals, universities, and data and telecommunications centers. Other partners in the effort include the UPMC health system, NRG energy, Duquesne Light and People’s natural gas.

Govt spying on Pittsburgh residents is frightening.

Page 23:


PennDOT’s Western Regional Traffic Management Center includes a fully integrated Centralized Software System, a Media Partner room that broadcasts live on-air reports of traffic conditions, and, a state of the art video wall capable of displaying 160 video images.



Related: Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

The center monitors and/or controls ITS devices on 12 freeway corridors, including many within Pittsburgh's limits.

These devices include: 293 CCTV cameras, 37 Highway Advisory Radio transmitter locations, 86 Highway Advisory Radio signs with beacons, 200 Microwave Traffic Detectors, 24 Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radios, 93 Digital Wave Radar Vehicular Detector units and many more specific ITS-related items.


List of govt agencies spying on residents:


Allegheny County  

Penn DOT and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 

Southwestern Pennsylvania Commission

Port Authority of Allegheny County

Pittsburgh Parking Authority

Port of Pittsburgh Commission

Pittsburgh Bike Share

Utilities including energy distribution, water, and natural gas

University Partners, particularly University of Pittsburgh and Carnegie Mellon University

Major freight operators in Pittsburgh

Representatives of the Business and Philanthropic Communities

Citizens and Community Stakeholders Industry partners


Page 24:


The model for the WPRDC is unique because it is designed to be extensible and inclusive, able to host datasets from any municipality, non-profit, or researcher with data to share. By bringing together various levels of government, civil society, and academia around information resources, we have begun to improve our region’s capacity for innovation and evidence-driven policy-making.

The WPRDC’s web resources provide machine-readable data downloads and APIs of key administrative data on topics such as property assessment, building inspection, public health, crime, and asset management.




Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Advertising Watchdog Partially Upholds 5G Advertisement Claiming Wireless Tech Is Harmful & Wifi, 5G And EMF Pollution Can Cause Psychiatric Effects In Humans, Plus Spontaneous Abortions, Infertility And Cellular DNA Damage

Seven companies work with Surtrac to spy on everyone.

1. Surtrac works with FLIR a thermal sensor company that specializes in identifying individual vehicles by their thermal signature. Surtrac was developed by Carnegie Mellon University,

 Surtracs' Econolite specializes in spying on motor vehicles. They also invented 'autoscope' surveillance cameras in the early 1990's. Fyi, Surtrac's Autoscope Vision (AV) also spies on bicyclists.

AV delivers stop bar vehicle and bicycle detection, advanced vehicle detection, bicycle differentiation, traffic data collection, and HD video surveillance.

Surtrac boasts, about they're newly-developed, full-field-of-view object-feature tracking. In other words, the government can track an individual vehicle or bicyclist throughout an entire city!

There are plans to integrate Surtrac with the Port Authority of Allegheny County bus fleets’ using 'Clever Devices'. (more on that below)

2. Citilog, is a mirror image of Econolite but specializes in spying road sensors that are imbedded in every road, highway tunnel and bridge.

3. Metrotech, turns current traffic intersection cameras into connected surveillance systems that spy on vehicles and Bluetooth signals.

4. Wavetronix, can track an individual vehicles speed, even if they change lanes. Wavertronix also knows the type of vehicle you're driving, watch the video below to find out more.





Related: The case for ... making low-tech 'dumb' cities instead of 'smart' ones

5. Traffic Control Products, bill themselves as a supplier of premium sensor equipment to the traffic industry. Currently their vehicle surveillance equipment is being used in Ohio, Kentucky, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Indiana and Michigan. Traffic Control Products boasts about having a staff of software specialists that manage, their surveillance systems.  

6. Path Master, provides 'surveillance equipment' and training for their equipment.

7. Clever Devices, is a company that specializes in spying on trains and buses.

"SmartColumbus," "Smart PGH," "Smart City," "Vision Zero," CCTV cameras, license plate readers, Wi-Fi readers and Shotspotter are turning our cities into COMPLETE surveillance centers!

What's it going to take, to motivate an apathetic populace to speak out and demand a stop to govt spying?


Related Articles:

Watercare Begins Installing Smart Water Meters

Australian Bushfires: A Smart City Conspiracy?

Northland LED streetlight retrofitting moratorium call

How YOU Can Stop ‘Smart’ Meters

Virginia Becomes the 4th U.S. State in the Past Year to Reject Utility ‘Smart’ Metering Plans

Smart Meters

Six reasons to say no to a smart meter

Radiation emitted from smart meters 100 times greater than cell phones - and exposure is constant, doctors warn

Powerful Document For Legally Fighting Wireless Hazards

Your Pets May Get Sick from Exposure to Digital, Electronic, and Wireless Devices, CFL and LED Light Bulbs Even If You Don’t

EKG Proof That "Smart" Meters Affect the Human Heart

Klahoma Man's Tests Negate Smart Meter Safety Claims

Ontario Pulls Plug on 36,000 Rural ‘Smart’ Meters: Is Big Energy Imploding?

Hackers Can Exploit Smart Lights to Spy on You – Study

In 2012 Bernie Sanders Endorsed Smart Meters Which Aren’t “Green” Or Beneficial to Customers - And Now?

Smart Versus Clever Versus Intelligent Versus Wise

What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

Exposing the 5G Existential Threat to Humanity in a Way We Never Imagined Possible


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”
May 31 2022 | From: HatchardReport / GlobalResearch / Various

Last Friday Jacinda Ardern received an honorary doctorate from Harvard University, hitting out in her acceptance speech against keyboard warriors spreading disinformation:



"When facts are turned into fiction, and fiction turned into fact, you stop debating ideas and you start debating conspiracy.”

Related: “We Are Human, We Are Free”: “The Great Reset” Must Be Defeated

Was she echoing Orwell’s 1984?


"His mind slid away into the labyrinthine world of doublethink. To know and not to know, to be conscious of complete truthfulness while telling carefully constructed lies…to repudiate morality while laying claim to it,…to believe that the Party was the guardian of democracy."

Ardern continued with a sordid use of imagery worthy of Orwell:


"In my mind, when I read something especially horrific on my feed, I imagine it’s written by a lone person, unacquainted with personal hygiene practices, dressed in a poorly fitted superhero costume – one that is baggy in all the wrong places.”



Related: Why The World Should Be Very Concerned About New Zealand Under The Ardern Government & Regulatory Capture In The Age Of COVID


I Have to Be Cruel to Be Kind

Ardern said her speech was about kindness, presumably that special brand of kindness that is hard to recognise. As Hamlet said after berating his mother “I have to be cruel to be kind”.

Was Ardern’s brand of kindness at work when she famously deleted in a single night 33,000 comments on her feed informing her of personal stories of the adverse effects of Covid vaccination?

Ardern might just as well have entitled her speech: I have sat on my hands and refused to read my emails. I insist that other MPs do the same. I am the sole source of truth. The world needs this.”

The historical antecedents of the rejection of protestors, writers, and intellectuals as irrelevant, dirty, and dangerous spreaders of disease and disinformation certainly escaped Ardern and probably most Harvard graduates. The 1930s don’t feature much in modern curricula.


Ignorance is No Excuse


Related: Sen. Malcolm Roberts: Forced Vaccination Is Part Of New WHO Treaty

As all cause mortality rises, as another new study shows the immune system of the vaccinated exhibits dangerous antibody instability, as infections and hospitalisations among the vaccinated overtake the unvaccinated, we no longer need to speculate about where this is going.

History tells us that it will end badly for many. An outcome of which Ardern appears to be determined to remain ignorant and condemn as conspiracy without discussion - by government decree.

But of course, it is much worse than mere ignorance, as Sir Walter Scott said:


"Oh what a tangled web we weave, when first we practice to deceive.”



Related: At #WEF2022, Helen E. Clark is aware of dwindling public support for COVID restrictions. Her solution: full international control. Countries must comply


Master of Disinformation

Ardern is a master of disinformation, coercion, and suppression.

Her continuing (but thankfully waning) popularity is a reflection of her practice of controlling the media through continuing large cash grants and revenue from saturation Covid vaccination advertising (aka old fashioned bribery).

As a result, New Zealanders are dying in greater numbers not only unaware that this may have anything to do with Covid vaccination but actually told by the government that it does not and cannot.

The cardiac wards are overflowing, but governments are not letting on. In the history of mass poisoning, there is no parallel in the world.


When Is a Crime Not a Crime?

When the government says so. This happens when the government and the medical profession not only cannot be held accountable for their actions but wilfully exploit this loophole to the full.

We have reached the apogee of the era of unaccountably disregarded consequences for which Ardern is the unapologetic international poster child.

Ardern’s Harvard speech reportedly generated emotional rapture. She received a standing ovation. What does that mean for our future and the future of the world?


Related Articles:

World Economic Forum Announces Facial Recognition Technology Initiative

The microchip implants that let you pay with your hand

Decades of US Attempts to Topple the Syrian Government

Tavistock the shadow behind the shadow government

China’s Lockdowns of Tens of Millions Inflict More Pain on Global Supply Chains

BlackRock and Vanguard are taking over centralized food production technologies and will have near-total control over the future food supply in America

Colin Wright: Why I Chose Career Suicide and Spoke Out Against Gender Ideology and CRT

Consciousness is Key to Change

Survivor of the Cambodian Genocide Nal Oum: A Heartfelt Warning to the West

Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance"

The Great Reset is a multi-faceted Global and Globalist approach to controlling, manipulating, enslaving, starving and eventually digitizing humans into transhumans under a Great Tyranny.



We have to exit Globalization.


Related: The Agony of a Totalitarian “New World Order” (NWO) and A Different “Being Human”: Scientific Psychology Demands New “Enlightenment”

We have to resist any Globalist attempt to take our submission to this global fraud a step further – towards a Great Reset – which they might as well call a Global Reset.

Because that’s what it is letter by letter, when reading and analyzing Klaus Schwab’s book, “Covid-19 – The Great Reset”. 

In the video below, Klaus Schwab discusses the transition from humans to transhumans with Google Co-founder Sergey  Brin: 


"Can you imagine that in 10 years, when we are sitting here, we have an implant in our brains, and I can immediately feel [what you are feeling] because you all will have implants.

I can remeasure your brainwaves, and I can immediately tell you how some people react [emotionally] to your answers. Is it imaginable?”



Related: Australian Senator Malcolm Roberts – The ‘Great Reset’ and C0VID


It is of utmost importance that We, the People, realize that the Reset bells are tolling since quite a while.

An effective option of countering the Great Reset is people worldwide collectively exiting Globalisation, the Global Concept of a Global Government and a Global, centrally directed economy and society.

Adopting the concept of:

Local production for local consumption with local money and local public banking via a sovereign local central bank – and trading with think-alike nations, bilaterally and multilaterally, according to comparative advantages, to reach to the extent possible “win-win” outcomes” – may be a solution.

Famine – the Hunger Game, is the name of the game which the elite-cabal is rolling out at warp speed.

Humanity, we the people, must pay special attention to this strategy of submission and fear.

We must depend as little as possible on international food trade.



Related:
Nazi Klaus Schwab Is Failing To Fool Many of Todays Youth With His Communist Great Reset Cult Manifesto

Independence from international supply chains of food, fertilizers and other agricultural inputs, is crucial.

Produce locally, is a principal question of survival.

As long as we do not understand, that our western so-called intellectuals do not grasp that writing letters to compromised, not to say “bought” western politicians, for example, to German Chancellor Scholz, not to deliver German weaponry to Ukraine to fight against Russia – we have not understood who is commanding the chessboard.

As long as newspaper articles accuse the black-green Austrian Government of not doing anything against rampant inflation, we have not understood that a (western) worldwide double-digit inflation is part of the Great Reset’s plan, and that the western coerced and corrupted Governments - like Austria, a symbol for the rest of the corrupted European Union - go along with it.

As long as we do not understand that everything is planned, has been planned by a long but utterly determined hand – and that all what seems coincidence is not coincidence, but is connected, because it is planned, has been planned for decades, probably for a century or more, we have not understood anything.

And we are not only sold to and dominated by the most powerful and financial elite, the monster money corporations, like BlackRock, Vanguard, State Street and Fidelity, but we are totally enslaved by and to them.



Related: Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

Our UN system, our central banks, our western monetary system work for them.

They want digitized money to even better control and mandate us, our lives and they will get it, if we let them.

Because our politicians, the so-called democratically elected “leaders” (sic), who are paid by our taxes and who run the theatre in our (western) world, are either voluntarily or in one way or another coerced to follow their imposed script.


The World Economic Forum’s “Young Global Leaders”

We have to understand that these puppets that have been put at the helm of our western governments, the likes of Emmanuel Macron (France), Olaf Scholz, successor to Angela Merkel (Germany), Karl Nehammer (Austria), Mark Rutte (Netherlands), Magdalena Andersson (Sweden), Mette Frederiksen (Denmark), Mario Draghi (Italy), Pedro Sanchez (Spain), Scott Morrison (Australia), Jacinda Ardern (New Zealand), Justin Trudeau (Canada), Alberto Fernandez (Argentina); Gabriel Boric (Chile); Shinzo Abe (Japan) – and many more – were not democratically elected by the people, as you are made to believe.



Related: The Jacinda Papers & Ardern’s Great Kiwi Reset + Canada Shows How The End Of COVID Is Going To Bring A Long-Overdue Reckoning For The So-Called Liberal Leaders Who Are Still Trying To Use It To Oppress Their People And Steal Their Freedoms

They are all students or “scholars” of Klaus Schwab’s “Young Global Leaders” academy. They are groomed politicians appointed by powerful financial interests.

As such they were all preselected by Klaus Schwab, acting on behalf of powerful financial interests and put into their positions under the guise of elections.

Today’s computerized election fraud is so sophisticated and perfect, that the commons – us – are unable to understand it, let alone successfully fight it.


The Globalist Agenda and Its Institutions: IMF, WTO, World Bank WHO 

Back to the Globalists. Finally, the heads of the International Monetary Fund (IMF), Kristalina Georgieva; of the World Bank, David Malpass; the World Trade Center (WTO), Dr. Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, and, finally, of WHO (World Health Organization), Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, they are all compromised to the Globalist Agenda, to UN Agenda 2030.

Dr. Tedros, former Head of GAVI, the Vaccine Alliance, headquartered just next door to WHO, in Geneva, was appointed by Bill Gates, who also created GAVI. In preparation for things to come, Dr. Tedros, was eventually approved by WHO’s General Assembly in 2017.



Related: When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret

For those who do not know, the WHO was created in 1948 by Rockefeller and subsequently integrated into the UN system. The WHO is also unique among the so-called UN agencies, in as much as the organization receives the bulk (between about two thirds and three quarters) of its budget from “private” contributions, i.e., a majority from pharma-trustfunds.

In 1948, at WHO’s inception, the organization’s future role of becoming the world’s health dictator, through a so-called “Pandemic Treaty” that may eventually overrule all 194 WHO-member nations’ Constitutions, was already planned.

The Pandemic Treaty would disempower countries’ health sovereignty, leading to a global health tyranny. We are not there yet, but preparatory discussions and negotiations are ongoing by member countries’ representatives and health ministers to force this treaty through World Health Assembly approval by 2023, so as to make it effective by 2024.

This Pandemic Treaty must be resisted by Us, The People, if we want to have a chance to gain back power over our lives and our destiny. We must organize in spirits, minds and on the ground.

Make no mistake, the Pandemic Treaty is intimately connected to the Hunger Game being played out on us, Humanity. Always remember, every act of oppression and misery descending upon us, is connected. If you don’t see it immediately – look for it.

Look for it, not in the lie-prone mainstream, but in alternative media. It may mean more work, than the comfort of watching the evening news. But remember, freedom doesn’t come for free.



Related: Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

All the above heads of states, and many more, as well as the leaders of prominent UN agencies were put into their position by the WEF (World Economic Forum), and the financial elite behind the WEF.

Most, if not all of them, have gone through Klaus Schwab’s (WEF’s CEO forever) “academy” for Young Global Leaders.

What do they get in return for obeying? Maybe a placebo instead of a potentially deadly vaxx – if they get a jab at all? But most importantly, they get protection from the most powerful on this earth. They may be guaranteed a safe-haven in Paradise, in case the cabal’s dream collapses.

At Klaus Schwab’s School for Young Global Leaders, they have learned dictatorship and tyranny. They now freely execute it, despite massive peoples’ opposition and protests.

They know, they have the backing of enormous powers, of the world’s (financial) super powers, those that control the UN and all its specialized agencies, as well as all the UN member states.

For example, as the Ukraine war is devastatingly distracting people’s attention from what is going on behind the scenes in preparation of total tyranny, Canada’s Justin Trudeau, Klaus Schwab’s Wunderkind, is allegedly quietly working towards implementing: (i) a system of digital IDs; (ii) a Universal Basic Income (UBI); (iii) a Federal Vaxx Mandate; (iv) an Asset Seizure Law; (v) a Social Credit System; (vi) a Biometric Access System (collecting and recording biological data from humans, for example through QR [Quick Response]-coding); and of course, (vii) Extreme Censorship.

We have to wake up from our slumber of Cognitive Dissonance.



Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War [Ukraine]


We Have to Break Out of Globalization

We have to find alternatives to our wasteful lives of the past, and to the terror-life planned by the elite-cabal, the Deep State, the world’s largest financial carnivores.

On 1 May 2022, the NY Times reports that:

“Dozens of countries have thrown up trade barriers in the past two months to protect scarce supplies of food and commodities, but experts say the policies will only exacerbate a global food crisis.” – Of course, such propaganda exacerbates the drive for food hoarding, thus, leading to food shortages.

An effective alternative to Globalization – which is propagated from all angles of our globe – is the simple axiom, mentioned above, and, due to its importance, repeated here:


"Local Production for Local Consumption, with Local (CASH) Money, through a Public Banking System and Local Sovereign Central Banking – and Cross-Border Trading with Thinkalikes, based on Comparative Advantages.”

The focus must be on self-sufficiency and on food production to avoid massive famine and starvation – which is part of the plan. Always be aware, there are no coincidences.

Famine – obedience – submissiveness – fear – and population Reduction. They are all connected.


"The Bankers will ensure we stay in debt. The Pharmaceutical Companies will ensure we stay sick. The Weapons Manufacturers will ensure we keep going to war. The Mass Media will ensure we are prevented from knowing the Truth.

The Government will ensure all of this is done legally. Once you understand this, you will understand everything."



Dr. Reiner Fuellmich explains the WEF + UN’s goals of achieving a One World Government by means of a One World Digital Currency system

“Ultimately, they want to control the world.” – Dr. Reiner Fuellmich explains the WEF + UN’s goals of achieving a One World Government by means of a One World Digital Currency system.





Related:
The WHO “Stealth Coup” to Dictate Global Health Agenda of Gates, Big Pharma





Local Production for Local Consumption

As to food shortages, in the west, especially Europe and the US, at least a third, in some countries more, of all food is being shamefully wasted, thrown away, often for fake expiration dates; and in supermarkets, because after the first or second day, some vegetable food items do no longer keep the “sparkling” sales-attractive “freshness”, while they are still totally consumable.

As an interim step to local production for local consumption (LP4LC) and to counter Reset measures, let us store as much unperishable food (lots of grains and dried food) as possible. It keeps for years and can be stored by people wo do not have their own gardens. In the medium to longer run, LP4LC may be community based, bypassing supermarkets and food corporations.

The same or similar waste prevails in restaurants. In Switzerland, I was told by restaurant staff, that they risk being fired, if they give left-over food away to the poor, after closing of the restaurants. They must throw it in the garbage.

Imagine! Another horrendous inhumane act of snake-capitalism. That’s what we have to keep in mind and eradiate from our lives. And we will make or own Reset, the People’s RESET.




Introducing The Reset: The Great Reset Docuseries

In episode one of The Great Reset Docuseries, we introduce The Great Reset. We provide the background of the World Economic Forum and its chairman, Klaus Schwab, along with the other global elites who assisted in the birth of the organization.

We explore the organizations that compliment each other, working alongside the WEF to plan and enact a new form of global governance through The Great Reset.





Related: Who are the Technocrats? Patrick M. Wood Explains #TheGreatReset Agenda





The Globalists’ Artificial Meat 

The cabal – Gates and Co., as well as the huge, interconnected global food producers, own ever more ag-production land which eventually allows them to dictate what we are to eat and not to eat. Already in 2019, the WEF declared: “You will be eating replacement (artificial) meats in 20 years.” See this.

The anti-meat propaganda is part of the so-called Green Agenda to save the planet.

There are good health reasons to eat less red meat, but not those fake environmental reasons advanced and propagated by Bill Gates and the Green Agenda.

By those corporate Green Capitalists, who are every year in January for the WEF’s Davos meeting literally congesting the Zurich airport with their private jets – as if this was not enough, they let themselves being flown by helicopter from Zurich to Davos (some 150 km, less than 100 miles) – altogether with this sole event releasing a multiple of CO2 into the atmosphere of what a million cows produce in a year.

The rule of reducing the use of hydrocarbon as “mobility-fuel” does not apply to the elite-cabal.

They know very well that their imposed immobility – through ever-more astronomical fuel prices, taxes, and eventually outright “legal” restrictions – have nothing to do with saving the planet, but only with repression, fear – submission – outright tyranny – and transfer of more monetary resources, assets, from the bottom and the middle to the top.



Related: 4 Predictions for the World in 2030 According to the World Economic Forum

Once in Davos, the elite preach a fully Green Agenda to the plebs.

They hire Swedish 19-year-old Greta Thunberg, to talk about environmental protection and “shame on you!” – propagating things, she has no clue about. But it sells, because the Soros-et all-paid propaganda, again, is strong enough to persuade those, who are too comfortable to dig for the climate change and environmental truth on their own.


In Conclusion

The name of Our Game, the People’s Game, ought to be a massive waking up into an alternative lifestyle, quite different from what we have been living in western luxury and comfort.


Taking conscience and detach:

From current Government oppression;

From obedience to our lying, manipulating traitor governments; and

Create alternative independent sovereign societies.


Our western national Constitutions have been quietly disabled, suspended, mostly by emergency laws or otherwise by quietly or even clandestinely passed decrees, about which most people have never been informed.

Most western countries are already living in a pre-state of tyranny that steadily tightens the grip around our societies’ necks, depriving us of ever more what otherwise would have been Constitutional Rights – leaving Us, the People, powerless against government oppression.

Immobility of the commons, is what the cabal, the Cult of Darkness wants.



Related: The WHO And The Pandemic Preparedness Treaty + Nuremberg, 1947 & More

Immobility at will of a global health institution, i.e. WHO, that under a new Pandemic Treaty, still being worked out and negotiated, with planned effectiveness in 2024, may declare worldwide lockdowns, mask wearing, social distancing, work from home, forced vaxxing and much more – thus, overriding national laws.

In other words, WHO, a Rockefeller creation, may soon decide over life and death.

In Henry Kissinger’s infamous words, “Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; who controls money can control the world” – and slightly expanded, “Who controls health, decides over life and death.”


Remember:

Increasing fuel prices are planned;

Increasing inflation is planned;

Food shortages, famine, death by hunger – are planned;

Wars and annihilating conflicts are planned;

Massive bankruptcies and consequential misery are planned;

More plandemics, lockdowns and mask-humiliations, are planned;

Supply chain disruptions are planned;